Skip to main content

Full text of "tektronix :: tm500 :: 070-2296-00 SC504 Apr78"

See other formats


... 

... , 

, ' .. * 

- : . : 




INSTRUCTION MANUAL 



Tektronix, Inc. 

P.O. Box 500 

Beaver ton, Oregon 97077 



Serial Number 



070-2296-00 



First Printing FEB 1978 



WARRANTY 



This Tektronix instrument is warranted against defective: materials 
and workmanship for one yean Any questions with respect to the 
pwarranty should be taken up witf* your Tektronix Field Engineer or 
representative. ■ • * 



All requests for repairs and replacement parts should be directed to 
the Tektronix Field Office or representative in your area. This will 
assure you the fastest possible service. Please incfWe* 1 "file 
instrument type number -or pari, number and seriaJj ruw|ie«». ! 
requests for parts or service. 




Copyright 'P 1978 by Tektrphix;, inc. All rights reserved. Contents of 
this publication may not be reproduced in any form without the 
permission of Tektronix, Inc. 



Products of Tektronix, Inc. and its subsidiaries are covered by U.S. 
and foreign patents and/or pending patents. 



TEKTRONIX, TEK, SCOPE-MOBILE, TELEQUIPMENT, and 

are registered trademarks of Tektronix, Inc. Printed in U.S.A. 

Specification and price change privileges are reserved. 



SC504 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Page 
Safety Information iv 

SECTION 1 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 

Introduction 1-1 

Installation 1-1 

Controls and Connectors 1-2 

General Operating Information 

Graticule 1-5 

Intensity Control 1-5 

Display Focus 1-5 

Calibrator 1-5 

Vertical Displays 1-5 

Deflection Factor 1-6 

Grounding 1-6 

Input Coupling 1-6 

Trigger Source 1-7 

Trigger Coupling 1-7 

Triggering Slope 1-7 

Trigger Level 1-7 

Trigger Mode 1-7 

Horizontal Sweep Rates 1-8 

Sweep Magnification 1-8 

X-Y Operation 1-8 

SECTION 2 SPECIFICATION AND PERFORMANCE CHECK 

Specification 2-1 

Performance Check 2-9 



REV. A. APR. 1978 



SC504 



TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont) 



WAR 



NING J 



THE FOLLOWING SERVICING INSTRUCTIONS ARE FOR USE BY QUALIFIED 
PERSONNEL ONLY. TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY, DO NOT PERFORM ANY 
SERVICING OTHER THAN THAT CONTAINED IN OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 
UNLESS YOU ARE QUALIFIED TO DO SO. 



SECTION 3 



ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE 



Page 



SECTION 4 THEORY OF OPERATION 

Vertical Circuitry 

Input Coupling 4-1 

Volts/division Switching and Attenuators 4-1 

Fet Input Source Followers 4-1 

Gain Switching Circuits and Vertical Preamplifiers 4-1 

Channel Switching 4-1 

Trigger Interface Amplifier 4-4 

Trigger View 4-4 

Delay Line and Vertical Amplifier 4-4 

Triggering and Sweep Circuitry 

Trigger Pickoff 4-4 

Trigger Coupling 4-4 

Input Source Follower 4-4 

Trigger Generator 4-4 

Gate Generator 4-5 

Sweep Control Operation 4-5 

Sweep Gates 4-5 

Holdoff 4-5 

Single Sweep 4-5 

Ramp Generator 4-6 

Horizontal Preamplifier and Output Amplifier 4-6 

Crt and Power Supply Circuitry 

Crt Circuit 4-7 

Z Axis Amplifier 4-7 

High Voltage Regulation 4-7 

High Voltage Outputs 4-7 

Crt Control Circuits 4-8 

Low Voltage Power Supplies 4-8 

+20 V Supply 4-8 



SC504 



TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont) 

SECTION 4 THEORY OF OPERATION (cont) Page 

-20 V Supply 4-8 

+5 V Supply 4-8 

-5 V Supply 4-8 

Calibrator 4-9 

SECTION 5 MAINTENANCE INFORMATION 

Crt Removal and Replacement 5-1 

Circuit Board Removal and Replacement 5-3 

Preamplifier Hybrid Substrates Removal and Replacement . 5-3 

Vertical Switch Boards Removal and Replacement 5-4 

Attenuator Substrates Removal and Replacement 5-4 

Cam Switch Contact Removal and Replacement 5-5 

Cleaning Information 5-5 

Using the Rear Interface 5-6 

Repackaging Information 5-7 



SECTION 6 



OPTIONS 



SECTION 7 REPLACEABLE ELECTRICAL PARTS 



SECTION 8 DIAGRAMS AND CIRCUIT BOARD ILLUSTRATIONS 



SECTION 9 REPLACEABLE MECHANICAL PARTS AND EXPLODED VIEW 



CHANGE INFORMATION 



hi 



SC504 



SAFETY INFORMATION 



The following general safety information applies to all 
operators and service personnel. Specific warnings 
appear throughout the manual where they apply and 
should be followed in each instance. 



WARNING statements identify conditions or practices 
which could result in personal injury or loss of life. 



CAUTION statements identify conditions or practices 
which could result in damage to the equipment or other 
property. 



The word DANGER on the equipment identifies areas 
of immediate hazard which could result in personal injury 
or loss of life. 



The following safety symbols may appear on the 
equipment: a 

/l\ — Refer to the manual 



/ 



Protective ground 
terminal 




— High voltage 



A terminal which 
must be connected to 
earth ground prior 
to making any other 
connections to the 
equipment. 



Ground the Power Module 

To avoid electric shock, the power module must be 
properly grounded. Refer to the power module manual for 
grounding instructions. 



Do not use the power module power cord grounding 
conductor as the sole signal-return current conductor. 



For detailed information on power plugs see the power 
module manual. 



Use the Proper Fuse 

To avoid electric shock and fire, use only the fuses 
specified in your power module and plug-in manuals and 
which are identical in the following aspects: 

a. Physical Size— 3AG, etc. 

b. Type — Slow Blow, Fast Blow, etc. 

c. Voltage Rating 

d. Current Rating 



Do Not Operate in an Explosive Atmosphere 

To avoid explosion, do not operate this instrument in an 
area where flammable gas or fumes are present. Such 
operation could cause an explosion. 



Exercise Care When Handling the Crt 

Breaking the crt may cause an implosion. Wear protec- 
tive clothing and safety glasses when handling the crt. 
When storing the crt, put it in a protective carton or set it 
face down in a protected location on a smooth surface 
with a soft mat under the faceplate. 



Avoid Excessive Moisture 

Circuit boards and components must be dry before 
applying power to prevent damage from arcing. 



Do Not Operate Without Covers 

Toavoid personal injury, do not operate the instrument 
without the panels or covers installed. Do not perform any 
servicing other than that described in the operating 
instructions unless you are a qualified serviceperson. 



Use the Proper Power Cord 

To avoid electric shock and fire, use only the power 
cord and plug specified foryourpower module. Useonlya 
power cord that is in good condition. 



Do Not Service Alone 

Do not attempt internal service or adjustment unless 
another person capable of rendering first aid and cardio- 
pulmonary resuscitation is present. 



IV 




2296-1 



The SC 504 Oscilloscope. 



SC504 



Section 1— SC 504 



OPERATING 
INSTRUCTIONS 



Introduction 



The SC 504 Oscilloscope is a general-purpose 80 MHz 
dual trace oscilloscope designed to operate in two 
compartments of a TM 500 series power module. It has a 
high writing speed, a wide range of sweep rates, a wide 
range of deflection factors and versatile triggering in- 
cluding auto triggering and trigger view. Recommended 
probes for use with the SC 504 are the P6062A and P61 05. 
The P6062A probe has selectable 1X or 10X attenuation 
while the attenuation of the P6105 is 10X. 




Installation 



The SC 504 is calibrated and ready to use when 
received. Referring to Fig. 1-1, install the SC 504 in 
the power module and turn the TRIGGERING 
SOURCE control to CH 1 to apply power. Check that 
the PWR ONindicatoron the front panel illuminates. 



Turn the power module off before inserting the plug- 
in; otherwise, damage may occur to the plug-in 
circuitry. 



Top 
Groove 




Bottom 
Groove 



(1878) 2296-2 



Fig. 1-1. Plug-in installation and removal. 



1-1 



Operating Instructions— SC 504 



CONTROLS AND CONNECTORS 



The SC 504 is fully calibrated and ready for use when 
received. The functions of the controls and connectors 
should be reviewed before use. Refer to Fig. 1-2. 



1. TRIGGERING SLOPE: This switch selects the 
polarity of the triggering signal that starts the sweep. 



2. TRIGGERING LEVEL: This control selects the 
amplitude point on the triggering signal at which the 
sweep is triggered. 



3. MODE AUTO: When depressed, the sweep is started 
by the applied trigger signal. In the absence of an 
adequate triggering signal, the sweep free runs and 
provides a bright reference trace. 



CH 1: In this position a sample of the signal available 
in channel 1 is used as a trigger signal. 



CH 2: In this position a sample of the signal available 
in channel 2 is used as a trigger signal. 



LINE: In this position a sample of the power 
frequency is used as a trigger signal. 



me 



EXT: This position selects the signal connected to 
the EXT TRIG connector for triggering. 



INT: In this position the signal connected through 
the rear interface connector and the power module is 
used as the triggering signal. 



4. MODE NORM: When this pushbutton is depressed, 
the sweep is initiated by the applied triggering signal. In 
the absence of an adequate triggering signal, there is no 
trace. 



5. MODE SGL SWP-RESET: When this pushbutton is 
depressed (momentary contact switch), the sweep will 
trigger only once in the single sweep mode. After the 
sweep is displayed, further sweeps cannot be presented 
until the button is depressed again to rearm the sweep. 



6. CPLG AC: When this pushbutton is depressed, 
triggering signals are capacitively coupled to the input of 
the trigger generator-circuit. The dc component is rejected 
and the signals below approximately 50 Hz are 
attenuated. 



10. PWR ON: This light indicates when power is 
applied to the SC 504. 



11. READY-TRIG'D: This light indicatesthatthesingle 
sweep is armed or that the sweep is properly triggered. 



12. PULL X10 HORIZ MAG: When this switch is pulled 
out (blue band exposed), the displayed sweep rate 
increases by a factor of 10. This magnification is also 
present in the XY mode. 

CAL: This control, through an internal switch, VAR 
TRIG HOLDOFF, controls the variable sweep rate or 
the variable trigger holdoff. 



7. CPLG AC LFREJ: When depressed, this pushbutton 
capacitively couples the signals to the input of the trigger 
circuit. The dc component is rejected and the signals 
below approximately 10 kHz are attenuated. 



8. CPLG HF REJ: When this pushbutton is depressed, 
all signals above approximately 50 kHz are attenuated. 



9. SOURCE: This switch selects the source of the 
trigger signal, coupled to the input of the trigger circuit. 



a. Variable sweep rate: This position provides for 
continuously variable sweep rates between the 
calibrated settings of the SECONDS/DIV switch. 

b. Variable trigger holdoff: This position provides 
continuously variable trigger holdoff. 



13. SECON DS/DI V: This switch selects the sweep rate 
and the external triggering mode for the external horizon- 
tal amplifier. The CAL control must be rotated fully 
clockwise for the calibrated sweep rates. 



STBY: This position turns the internal regulated 
voltage off 



14. Ground connection 



1-2 



@ 



Operating Instructions— SC 504 



27 

26 
25 

24 

23 
22 



CONTROLS AND CONNECTORS 




■> i >* 



21 20 19 18 21 20 19 18 



17 16 15 14 



-10 
-11 



-12 



-13 



2296-3 



Fig. 1-2. Controls and connectors. 



@ 



1-3 



Operating Instructions— SC 504 

15. POSITION: This control positions the display 
horizontally on the crt, except in the XY mode. 



16. CAL 0.6 V: This jack outputs the positive-going 
0.6 V square wave at approximately 1 kHz, for calibration 
and probe compensation. 



17. EXT TRIG: This is the input bnc connector for 
external triggering signals. 



22. CH 2 POSITION: This control positions the display 
vertically. In the XY mode of operation, this control 
positions the display horizontally. 



23. CH1 POSITION: Thiscontrol positionsthedisplay 
vertically. When in the XY mode of operation, this control 
also positions the display vertically. 



18. Input connector: This bnc connector accepts the 
vertical signal input. 



24. DISPLAY: This switch selects the mode of opera- 
tion for the vertical amplifier system. 



19. DC-GND-AC-INT DC: This switch selects the type 
of signal coupling it to the vertical amplifier. 



CH 1: Displays CH 1 only 
CH 2: Displays CH 2 only 



DC: In this position, the front panel input connector 
to the input amplifier is dc coupled. 



ALT: This position produces a display that alternates 
between channel 1 and channel 2 and is switched after 
each trace across the crt. 



GND: This position disconnects and grounds the 
input of the vertical amplifier. 



AC: In this position, the signals from the front panel 
bnc connector are capacitively coupled to the vertical 
amplifier, blocking the dc component of the input 
signal. 



INT DC: In this position, a signal connected through 
the rear interface connector and the power module is 
applied (dc coupled) to the input amplifier. 



CHOP: This position produces a display that is 
switched between channels at a 250 kHz rate. This 
position provides the best display at sweep rates slower 
than approximately 0.5 ms/division. 

1—2: In this position the input to channel 2 is inverted 
and algebraically added to channel 1. 

1+2: In this position the channel 2 signal is 
algebraically added to channel 1. 

XY: In this position the channel 1 signal is displayed 
vertically, and the channel 2 signal is displayed 
horizontally. 



20. CAL: This control provides continuously variable 
deflection factors between the calibrated settings of the 
VOLTS/DIV switch. 



25. TRIG VIEW: Thisswitch, when depressed, displays 
the triggering signal on the crt. 



21 . VOLTS/DIV: This switch selects the vertical deflec- 
tion factor in a 1-2-5 sequence (variable control must be 
rotated fully clockwise for the indicated deflection factor). 
Normally, the knob skirt window having the natural panel 
background will be read; however when a 10X probe is 
used on the input, read the knob skirt window having the 
grey background. 



26. INTEN: This control varies the display brightness. 



27. FOCUS: This control provides adjustment to ob- 
tain a well defined display. 



1-4 



Operating Instructions — SC 504 

GENERAL OPERATING INFORMATION 



Graticule 

The graticule of the SC 504 is internally marked on the 
faceplate of the crt to provide accurate, parallax-free 
measurement. The graticule is divided into eight vertical 
and ten horizontal divisions. Each division is 0.25 inch by 
0.25 inch. In addition, each major division is divided into 
five minor divisions. The vertical gain and horizontal 
timing are calibrated to the graticule, so accurate 
measurements can be made from the graticule. 



Intensity Control 

The INTEN control is normally adjusted so the display 
is easily visible, but not overly bright. Readjustment may 
be required for different displays or sweep rates. 




Particular care should be exercised when a bright 
spot is displayed. A high-intensity spot may burn the 
crt phosphor and cause permanent damage to the 
crt if allowed to remain too long. 



Display Focus 

The FOCUS control works in conjunction with the 
astigmatism control to give a fine trace, or well focused 
spot. 



desired input connector and set the DISPLAY switch to 
display the channel used. The TRIGGERING SOURCE 
switch can select either vertical channel as a triggersignal 
source. 



Dual-Trace Operation (Alternate Mode). The ALT 

position of the DISPLAY switch produces a display that 
alternates between Channel 1 and Channel 2 after each 
trace across the crt. Although the ALT mode can be used 
at all sweep rates, the CHOP mode provides a more 
satisfactory display at sweep rates slower than 50 jus/div. 
At these slower sweep rates, alternate mode switching 
becomes visually perceptible. 



In the CH 1 and CH 2 positions of the TRIGGERING 
SOURCE switch two signals are displayed, showing time 
relationship. If the signals are not time related, one of the 
signals displayed will be unstable. 



Dual-Trace Operation (Chopped Mode). The CHOP 
position of the DISPLAY switch produces a display that is 
electronically switched between channels. Generally, the 
CHOP mode provides the best display at sweep rates 
slower than about 0.5 ms/div, or whenever dual-trace, 
single-shot phenomena are to be displayed. At faster 
sweep rates, the chopped switching becomes apparent 
and may interfere with the display. 



To check for proper setting of the Astig control, slowly 
turn the FOCUS control through the optimum setting 
viewing the signal displayed on the crt screen. If the Astig 
control is correctly set, the vertical and horizontal portions 
of the trace will come into sharpest focus at the same 
position of the FOCUS control. 



Calibrator 

The internal calibrator of the SC 504 provides a con- 
venient signal source for checking vertical gain. The 
output square-wave voltage is 600 mV in ±1%. This signal 
is very useful as a probe calibrator signal as described in 
the probe instruction manual, and operates at a repetition 
rate of approximately 1 kHz. 



Vertical Displays 

Single-Trace Displays. Either of the input channels can 
be used for single-trace displays. Apply the signal to the 



Proper external triggering for the chopped mode of 
operation is obtained when using external triggering from 
a signal that is time-related to either signal. This provides 
the same result as triggering internally from channel 1 or 
channel 2. 



Two signals that are time-related can be displayed in' 
the chopped mode, showing the true time relationship. 
However, of the signals are not time-related, one signal 
displayed will appear to shift its horizontal position with 
consecutive sweeps. 



Two single-shot, transient, or random signals that 
occur when the time interval determined by the 
SECONDS/DIV switch (ten times the displayed rate) can 
be compared using the chopped mode. To obtain a usable 
display the sweep must be triggered from the vertical 
channel, displaying the event that occurs first. Since the 
signals show true time relationship, time difference 
measurements can be used. 



1-5 



Operating Instructions— SC 504 



Algebraic Addition. The 1—2 position of the DISPLAY 
switch can be used to display the difference between two 
signals, or for common-mode rejection to remove an 
undesired signal. The 1 +2 position of the DISPLAY switch 
can be used to display the sum of two signals. 



Input Coupling 

The DC-GND-AC-INT DC switches allow a choice of 
coupling method for the applied signal. The type of 
display desired and the applied signal determines the 
coupling method to use. 



The following general precautions should be observed: 



1 . Do not exceed the input voltage rating of the SC 504. 



2. Do not apply signals that exceed an equivalent of 
approximately six times the VOLTS/DIV switch setting. 
For example, with a VOLTS/DiV switch setting of 0.5, the 
voltage applied to that channel should not exceed about 
3 V. Larger voltages may distort the display. 



In the AC coupling position, the dc component of the 
signal is blocked by a capacitor in the input circuit. The 
low frequency -3 dB point in the AC position is about 
10 Hz. Therefore, some low frequency attenuation can be 
expected near this frequency limit. Attenuation in the form 
of waveform tilt will also appear in square waves that have 
low frequency components. The AC coupling position 
provides the best display of signals with a dc component 
that is much larger than the ac component. 



3. Use CH 1 and CH 2 POSITION control settings that 
most nearly position the signal of each channel to 
midscreen when viewed in either the CH 1 or CH 2 
positions of the DISPLAY switch. This ensures the 
greatest dynamic range in the 1-2 and 1+2 mode of 
operation. 



The DC coupling position can be used for most 
applications. This position allows measurement of the dc 
component of a signal and must be used to display signals 
below about 50 Hz to avoid the attenuation that would 
occur using ac coupling. 



4. For similar response from each channel, set the 
CH 1 and CH 2 DC-GND-AC-INT DC switches to the 
same position. 



Deflection Factor 

The amount of vertical deflection produced by a signal 
is determined by the signal amplitude, the setting of the 
VOLTS/DIV switches, and the setting of the VOLTS/DIV 
variable controls. The calibrated deflection factors in- 
dicated by the VOLTS/DIV switches apply only when the 
VOLTS/DIV variable controls are set to the calibrated 
position (detent fully clockwise). 



The VOLTS/DIV variable controls provide continuous- 
ly variable (uncalibrated) vertical deflection factors 
between the calibrated settings of the VOLTS/DIV 
switches. The VOLTS/DIV variable controls extend the 
maximum vertical deflection factor to at least 25 V/div. 



The GND position provides a ground reference at the 
input without the need to externally ground the probe. The 
signal applied to the probe is internally disconnected from 
the input circuit and connected to ground through a 
resistor. The amplifier input circuit is held at ground 
potential. 



In the GND position, connecting the input signal to 
ground through a resistor forms a precharging network. 
This network allows the input coupling capacitor to 
charge to the average dc voltage level of the signal applied 
to the probe. Since this takes place in the GND position of 
DC-GND-AC-INT DC switch, any large voltage transients 
accidentally generated will not be applied to the amplifier 
input. The pre-charge network also provides a measure of 
protection to the external circuit by reducing the current 
levels that can be drawn from the external circuitry during 
capacitor charging. The following procedure should be 
used when the probe tip is connected to a signal source 
having a different dc level than previously applied, and 
using AC coupling. 



Grounding 

Reliable signal measurements cannot be made unless 
both the oscilloscope and the unit under test are con- 
nected together by a common reference (ground) lead in 
addition to the signal lead or probe. The ground strap on 
the signal probe provides the best ground. Also, a ground 
lead can be connected to the post chassis ground to 
establish a common ground with the signal source. 



1 . Before connecting the probe tip to a signal source, 
set the DC-GND-AC-INT DC switch to GND. 



2. Touch the probe tip to oscilloscope chassis ground. 
Wait several seconds for the input coupling capacitor to 
discharge. 



3. Connect the probe tip to the signal source. 



1-6 



Operating Instructions— SC 504 



4. Wait several seconds for the input coupling 
capacitor to charge. 

5. Set the DC-GND-AC-INT DC switch to AC. The 
display will remain on screen so the ac component of the 
signal can be measured in the normal manner. The 
INT DC position of the switch selects the signal con- 
nected at the rear interface input. 



Trigger Source 

CH 1 and CH 2 Triggering. For most applications, the 
sweep can be triggered internally. In the CH 1 and CH 2 
positions of the TRIGGERING SOURCE switches, the 
trigger signal is obtained from the vertical deflection 
system. For dual-trace displays, special considerations 
must be made to provide the correct display. 



Line Triggering. The LINE position of the 
TRIGGERING SOURCE switch connects a sample of the 
power line voltage to the input of the trigger generator. 
Line triggering is useful when the input signal is time- 
related (multiple) to the line frequency. It is also useful for 
providing a stable display of a line frequency component 
in a complex waveform. 



External Triggering. An external signal connected to 
the EXT TRIG connector can be used to trigger the sweep 
in the EXT position of the TRIGGERING SOURCE switch. 
The external signal must be time related to the displayed 
signal for a stable display. An external trigger signal can 
be used to provide a triggered display when the internal 
signal is too low in amplitude for correct triggering, or 
contains signal components on which it is not desired to 
trigger. It is also useful when signal tracing in amplifiers, 
phase-shift networks, wave-shaping circuits, etc. The 
signal from a single point in the circuit under test can be 
connected to the external trigger input connectorth rough 
a cable or signal probe. The sweep is then triggered by the 
same signal at all times and this allows amplitude, time 
relationship, or waveshape changes of signals at various 
points in the circuit to be examined without resetting the 
trigger controls. Rear interface INT DC triggering is used 
the same as EXT except the source is at the rear interface. 

Trigger Coupling 

Three methods of coupling the trigger signal to the 
CPLG trigger circuits can be selected with the 
TRIGGERING CPLG switches. Each method permits 
selection or rejection of certain frequency components of 
the trigger signal to obtain selective triggering. 



AC Coupling. The AC position blocks the dc compo- 
nent of the trigger signal. Signals with low-frequency 
components below about 50 Hz are attenuated. In 
general, ac coupling can be used for most applications. 



AC Low-Frequency Reject. The AC LF REJ position 
passes all high frequency signals at approximately 
10 kHz. Dc is rejected and signals below approximately 
10 kHz are attenuated. When triggering from complex 
waveforms, this position is useful for providing a stable 
display of the high-frequency components. 



High-Frequency Reject. The HF REJ accepts signals 
below 50 kHz. HF REJ attenuates signals above 50 kHz. 



Triggering Slope 

The TRIGGERING SLOPE switch determines whether 
the trigger circuit responds on the positive-going or 
negative-going portion of the trigger signal. When the 
SLOPE switch is in the + (positive-going) position, the 
display starts with the - (negative-going) portion of the 
waveform. When several cycles of a signal appear in the 
display, the setting of the SLOPE switch is often unimpor- 
tant. However, if only a certain portion of a cycle is to be 
displayed, correct setting of the SLOPE switch is impor- 
tant to provide a display that starts on the desired slope of 
the input signal. 



Trigger Level 

The TRIGGERING LEVEL control determines the 
voltage level on the triggering waveform at which the 
sweep is triggered. When the LEVEL control is set in the + 
region, the trigger circuit responds as the triggering 
waveform shifts in a positive-going direction. When the 
LEVEL control is set in the — region, the trigger circuit 
responds as the triggering signal changes level in a 
negative-going direction. To set the LEVEL control, first 
select the trigger SOURCE, CPLG, and SLOPE. Then set 
the LEVEL control fully clockwise and rotate it 
counterclockwise until the display starts at the desired 
point. 



Trigger Mode 

Automatic Triggering. The AUTO position (AUTO 
button pushed in) of the TRIGGERING MODE switch 
provides a stable display when the LEVEL control is 
correctly set and an adequate trigger signal is present. The 
READY TRIG'D light indicates when the sweep generator 
is triggered. 

When the trigger repetition rate is less than ap- 
proximately 20 Hz, or in the absence of an adequate 
trigger signal, the sweep generator free runs to produce a 
reference trace. When an adequate trigger signal is again 
applied, the free running condition ends and the sweep 
generator is triggered to produce a stable display (with the 
correct LEVEL control setting). The TRIGGERING LEVEL 
range is reduced to approximately the peak-to-peak range 
of the triggering signal. Internal and external trigger 
sensitivity is reduced below approximately 100 Hz. 



@ 



1-7 



Operating Instructions— SC 504 



Normal Triggering. Operation in the normal position 
(NORM button pushed in) of the TRIGGERING MODE 
switch is the same as in the AUTO position when a trigger 
signal is applied. However, when a trigger signal is not 
present, the sweep generator remains off and there is no 
display. The READY TRIG'D light indicates the sweep 
generator is triggered. 



Use the normal mode to display signals with repetition 
rates below about 20 Hz. This mode provides an indication 
of an adequate trigger signal as well as the corrections of 
trigger control settings, since there is no display without 
proper trigger. Also, the READY TRIG'D light is off when 
the sweep is not correctly triggered. 



Single Sweep. When the signal to be displayed is not 
repetitive or varies in amplitude, shape, or time, a conven- 
tional display may produce an unstable presentation. To 
avoid this, use the single sweep feature. The single sweep 
mode can also be used to photograph a non-repetitive 
signal. 



To use the single sweep mode, first make sure the 
trigger circuit will respond to the event to be displayed. 
Depress the NORM button and obtain the best possible 
display in the normal manner (for random signals set the 
trigger circuit to trigger on a signal which is approximately 
the same amplitude and frequency as the random signal). 
Then, depress and release the SGL SWP button. The next 
trigger pulse will initiate the sweep and a single trace will 
be presented on the screen. After this sweep is complete, 
the sweep generator is "locked out" until reset. The 
READY indicator lights when the sweep generator circuit 
has been reset, and is ready to produce a sweep and the 
light goes out afterthe sweep is completed. To prepare the 
circuit for another single sweep display, press and release 
the SGL SWP button again. 



To use the control first obtain the most stable presenta- 
tion possible by adjusting the triggering controls in the 
normal manner. Now, rotate the trigger holdoff variable 
control counterclockwise until any remaining instability is 
eliminated. 



Horizontal Sweep Rates 

The SECONDS/DIV switch selects calibrated sweep 
rates for the sweep generator. The variable control 
provides continuously variable sweep rates between the 
settings of the SECONDS/DIV switch. Only when the 
variable control is in its fully clockwise position are the 
sweep rates calibrated. 



Sweep Magnification 

The sweep magnifier expands the sweep by a factor of 
ten. The center division of the unmagnified display is the 
portion visible on the screen in magnified form. The 
equivalent length of the magnified sweep is more than 100 
divisions. Any 10 division portion of the magnified sweep 
can be viewed by adjusting the horizontal POSITION 
control to bring the desired portion into the viewing area. 



To use the magnified sweep, first move the portion of 
the display which is to be expanded to the center of the 
graticule. Then pull the SWP MAG switch to its out 
position. Use the horizontal POSITION control to move 
the magnified portion to the desired position. 



When the PULL X10HORIZ MAG switch is set to on, the 
sweep rate is determined by reading the number shown 
against the blue background. 



X-Y Operation 

In some applications, it is desireable to display one 
signal versus another (X-Y) rather than against the internal 
time base. The X-Y position of the DISPLAY switch 
provides a means for applying an external signal to the 
horizontal amplifier for this type of display. 



NOTE 



Trigger Holdoff. By placing the internal SWP-VAR-HO 
switch in the HO position, the variable sweep control 
(CAL) is connected as a trigger holdoff variable control. In 
this configuration, the control provides for stable trigger- 
ing on aperiodic or irregular signals (such as complex 
digital words). 



Do not exceed the horizontal scan area of the 
graticule in the X-Y mode of operation. This mode 
can be used to measure phase differences of signals 
up to about 50 kHz in frequency. Above this frequen- 
cy, the inherent phase in the system makes phase 
measurement difficult. 



1-8 



& 



Operating Instructions— SC 504 



BASIC OSCILLOSCOPE APPLICATIONS 



Phase Difference Measurement 

This phase difference measurement is limited by the 
frequency of the vertical system. Use the vertical input 
channels when comparing the phase of two or more 
signals of the same frequency. 



1. Set the CH 1 and CH 2 DC-GND-AC-INT DC 
switches to either AC or DC. 



2. Set the DISPLAY switch to either ALT or CHOP 
position. Use the ALT position for high-frequency (above 
30 MHz) signals and the CHOP position for low frequency 
(below 30 MHz) signals. 



3. Set the TRIGGERING SOURCE switch to CH 1. 



Channel 1 
(Reference) 



Channel 2 
(Lagging) 



8 Divisions 
(360°) 




Measure 

Time From 

AToB 



Horizontal 
Difference 



(1738) 2296-4 



Fig. 1-3. Phase difference measurements. 



4. Connect the reference signal to the CH 1 input 
connector and the comparison signal to the CH 2 input 
connector. Use coaxial cables or probes which have equal 
time delay to connect the signals to the input connectors. 
If the signals are of opposite polarity, due to 180° phase 
difference, switch the DISPLAY switch to 1-2 position to 
invert the CH 2 signal. 



5. Set the channel VOLTS/DIV switches and the CAL 
variable VOLTS/DIV controls for equal displays of about 
five divisions in amplitude. 



6. Set the triggering controls for a stable display. Set 
the SECONDS/DIV switch for a sweep rate that displays 
about one cycle of the waveform. 



10. Multiply the measured distance (in divisions) by 
45°/div (sweep rate) for the amount of phase difference. 



11. Example: 

Assume a horizontal difference of 0.6 division with a 
sweep rate of 45°/div as shown in Fig. 1-3. 



Substituting the given values: 

Phase difference — 0.6 division X 45°/div 

Phase difference = 27°. 



7. Move the waveforms to the center of the graticule 
with the channel POSITION controls. 



8. Turn the variable SECONDS/DIV control until one 
cycle of the reference signal (CH1) occupies eight 
divisions between the second and tenth vertical lines of 
the graticule (see Fig. 1-3). 



High Resolution Phase Measurement 

More accurate multitrace phase measurements can be 
made by increasing the sweep rate (without changing the 
variable SECONDS/DIV control setting). 



The X10 sweep magnifier (PULL X10 HORIZ MAG) 
switch increases the sweep rate. 



Each division of the graticule represents 45° of the 
cycle (360° h- 8 div = 45°/div). The sweep rate can now be 
stated as 45°/div. 



Example: 

If the sweep rate was increased 10 times with the 
magnifier, the magnifier sweep rate should be 45°div + 10 
= 4.5°/div. 



9. Measure the horizontal difference between cor- 
responding points on the waveform. 



Figure 1-4 shows the same signals as used in Fig. 1-3, 
but with the X10 HORIZ MAG on. 



1-9 



Operating Instructions— SC 504 



Channel 1 
(Reference) 


Channel 2 


Measure 

Time From 

AToB 

(1738) 2296-5 








; ' r 


_ 






1 l \( 


D 








1 > 




* ' 


~^~^J/ 


Ch 


y 


-^ "^ 


~~ " - — r — +-— *_ ~ 


^ 


y - 










| 




— i 















































r- 


Horizontal _* 
Difference "" 1 



Fig. 1-4. High-resolution phase difference measurement. 

With a horizontal difference of six divisions and sub- 
stituting the given values. 

Phase difference = 6 divisions X 4.5° /div = 27°. 

Phase difference = 27°. 



Common-mode Rejection 

When signals contain undesireable components, 
common-mode rejection can eliminate or reduce these 
components from the measurement. 



Example: 

The displayed signal contains an undesired line- 
frequency component (see Fig. 1-5). 



1 . Connect the signal to the CH 1 input connector. 



4. Adjust the channel 2 CAL variable control to make 
the channel 2 display amplitude about equal to the 
undesired component of the channel 1 display. 



5. Set the DISPLAY switch to 1+2 and re-adjust the 
channel 2 CAL variable control for maximum rejection of 
the undesired signal component (see Fig. 1-5). 









Ch 1 Signal 
With Unwanted 
Line Frequency'^ 

Component 

Ch 2 Signal „ 


^ 










x s 


** "~ 


— 


^ 






N 


V " 

v. 






...i 


s 






N 




s 










s 


*" ""■ 


—• ■*« 






' 1. 




,^T- 


s - 








s 




















y 


y 






X 










From Line > 


/ 




















Frequency 

Source 

(Inverted) 












































(A) Ch 1 And Ch 2 Signals. 
















































IOC 






















Signal With 

Line Frequency 

Component 

Canceled 

Out 












































... 


._. 


.__ 


_J 




,__ 


__ 


__ 























































































(B) Resultant Signal. 0738) 2296-6 



Fig. 1-5. Common-mode rejection measurements. 



Cascaded Operation 

The channel 1 trigger out signal is electrically tied with 
the channel 2 input signal via an appropriate coaxial cable. 



2. Connect the line-frequency signal to the CH 2 input 
connector. 



3. Set the DISPLAY switch to 1 -2 so that the channel 2 
display is opposite in polarity. 



When switching the DC-GND-AC-INT DC switch to 
INT DC position, the rear interface contact 28B furnishes a 
portion of the channel 1 vertical signal. The signal 
amplitude is at least 50 mV/div of crtdisplay referenced to 
V, when driving a 50 Q load. The bandwidth, in this 
mode, is limited to approximately 30 MHz. 



1-10 



Section 2— SC 504 



SPECIFICATION AND 
PERFORMANCE CHECK 

SPECIFICATION 



Performance Conditions 

The electrical characteristics are valid only if the 
SC 504 has been calibrated at an ambient temperature 
between +20° C and +30° C and is operating at an ambient 
temperature between 0°C to +50° C unless otherwise 
noted. 



items listed in the Performance Requirements column 
of the Electrical Characteristics are verified by completing 
the Performance Check in this manual. Items listed in the 
Supplemental Information column are not verified in this 
manual; they are either explanatory notes or performance 
characteristics for which no limits are specified. 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS 

Table 2-1 
VERTICAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 



Characteristics 


Performance Requirements 


Supplemental Information 


Bandwidth at —3 dB points 


0°Cto+35°C 


0°Cto+50°C 






DC to at least 
80 MHz. 


DC to at least 
70 MHz. 








0°Cto+35°C 


0°Cto50°C 


Risetime (calculated) 


4.4 ns or 
less. 


5.0 ns or 
less. 


AC low frequency response 
(Lower —3 dB point) 
Deflection factor 


10 Hz, or less. 


1 Hz with 10X probe. 


Calibrated range 




5 mV to 10 V/div; 11 steps 
in a 1-2-5 sequence. 




+15° C to+35°C 


0°Cto+50°C 




Accuracy 


±2% 


±3% 


Variable in cal position 
(fully cw); gain correctly 
set at 10 mV/div. 




Add 1% to above figures for 
channel 2 in CH1-CH2 (differen- 
tial) mode. 




Attenuator step balance 




Less than 1 division of 
shift as each VOLTS/DIV 
switch is rotated through- 
out its range. 



@ 



2-1 



Specification and Performance Check— SC 504 



Table 2-1 (cont) 



Characteristics 


Performance Requirements 


Supplemental Information 


Variable balance 




Less than 2 divisions of 
shift as each variable 
(CAL) control is rotated 
throughout its range. 


Uncalibrated (variable) 
range 


Continuously variable between 
calibrated steps. Extends 
maximum attenuator step to 
at least 25 V/div. 


At least a 2.5:1 range. 


Input Ft and C 




1 Mfi ±1% paralleled 
by approximately 20 pF. 


Maximum input voltage 
Peak (dc + Peak ac) 




250 V (dc coupled). 
400 V (ac coupled). 


Peak-to-peak (ac 
component) 




500 V at 1 kHz or less, 
derates to 10 V at 100 MHz. 


Common mode rejection 

ratio 


At least 50:1 up to 1 MHz and 
10:1 up to 10 MHz when using 
same attenuator settings; common 
mode signal 6 divisions or less. 




Step Response (aberrations) 
First 300 ns: 

5 mV/div to .2 V/div 
Positive-going step 
15°Cto35°C 




±3% 


0°Cto50°C 




+6% 


Negative-going step 
15°Cto35°C 




±5% 


0°Cto50°C 




±8% 


(CH1 + CH 2) mode 
15°Cto35°C 




±5% 


0°Cto50°C 




±8% 


(CH 1 - CH 2) mode 
15°Cto35°C 




+8% 


0°Cto50°C 




±11% 


After 300 ns: 

5 mV/div to 2 V/div 




±2% 


5 V/div and 10 V/div 




±3% 



2-2 



Specification and Performance Check— SC 504 



Table 2-1 (cont) 



Characteristics 


Performance Requirements 


Supplemental Information 


Position effect 
15°C to35°C 




Typically 5% or less change in 
aberrations as a 5 division step 
is vertically positioned over 
the graticule area. 


CH2 invert trace shift 




Less than 2 div when 
switching from CH1 + CH2 
to CH1 - CH2. 


Signal isolation 
Display related 


At least 50:1 up to 20 MHz. 




Input related 

a. Between front 
panel inputs 


At least 80 dB up to 10 MHz. 




b. Between rear inter- 
face inputs 




At least 40 dB up to 20 MHz. 


c. From front panel 
input to rear interface 
input (each channel) 




At least 40 dB up to 20 MHz. 


d. From rear interface 
input to front panel input 
(each channel) 




At least 80 dB up to 40 MHz. 


Position Range 




At least ±6 divisions. 


Signal delay between 
channels 




sS1 ns. 


Delay line 




Permits viewing leading edge of 
displayed waveform. 


Dual-trace modes 
Rate 
Chop 




At least 250 kHz. 


Duty cycle 




Approximately 60%. 


Alt 




Every other sweep. 



REV A, MAR 1979 



2-3 



Specification and Performance Check — SC 504 



Table 2-2 
TRIGGERING 



Characteristics 


Performance Requirements 


Supplemental Information 


Trigger sensitivity 


Source 


Minimum 
Signal Required 


Source 


Minimum 
Signal Required 


DC coupling 




dc to 
30 MHz. 


30 MHz to 
80 MHz. 


Interface 


35 mV 


80 mV 




CH1, CH2 


0.4 div. 


1.5 div. 






External 


60 mV 


150 mV 




AC coupling 




Requirements increase 
below approximately 50 Hz. 


AC LF REJ coupling 




Requirements increase 
below approximately 10 kHz. 


HF REJ coupling 




Requirements increase 
above approximately 50 kHz. 


External triggering 
level range (Normal 
mode) 


At least ±1.4 V. 




External triggering 
Input 

Input R and C 




1 mfi ±10% paralleled by approxi- 
mately 24 pF when selected. 
750 kQ ±10% paralleled by approxi- 
mately 28 pF when not selected. 


Maximum input voltage 
Peak (dc + Peak ac) 




250 V. 


Peak-to-peak (ac 
component) 




250 V at 1 kHz or less, derates 
to 5 Vat 100 MHz. 


Auto mode 


Sweep free-runs in the absence 
of a triggering signal. 


TRIGGER LEVEL range is reduced 
to approximately the peak to- 
peak range of the triggering 
signal. 

Internal and external trigger 
sensitivity reduced below 
approximately 100 Hz. 


Single Sweep 


Triggering requirements same as 
for normal sweep. 
When triggered, sweep generator 
produces one sweep only. 





2-4 



REV A, MAR 1979 



Specification and Performance Check— SC 504 



Table 2-3 
HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 



Characteristics 


Performance Requirements 


Supplemental Information 


Sweep generator 

Calibrated sweep 
rates 

Accuracy (measured 
over center 8 divisions, 
excluding first 50 ns 
and all after the first 
100 divisions of 
magnified sweep) 




0.2 s to 50 ns/div, 

21 steps in a 1-2-5 sequence. 




+15°cto+35°C 


0°Cto+50°C 






Unmag- 
nified 


Magni- 
fied X10 


Unmag- 
nified 


Magni- 
fied X10 




20 ms/div to 
.2/ys/div 


±2% 


±3% 


+3% 


±4% 




Linearity (any 2 
division portion 
within the center 
8 divisions) 


±5% 


±6% 


±6% 


±7% 




.2 s/div to 50 ms/div, 
and .1 /us/div 
and 50 ns/div 


±3% 


+4% 


±4% 


±5% 




Linearity (any 2 
division portion 
within the center 
8 divisions) 


+6% 


±7% 


±7% 


±8% 




Uncalibrated (vari- 
able) range 


The SECONDS/DIV CAL (variable) 
control (selected by an internal 
switch) provides sweep rates that 
are continuously variable between 
the calibrated rates, and extends 
the slowest sweep rate to at 
least 0.5 s/div. 




Trigger holdoff 


■ 


The SECONDS/DIV CAL (variable) 
control (selected by an internal 
switch) increases trigger holdoff 
time by a factor of approximately 20. 



REV A, MAR 1979 



2-5 



Specification and Performance Check— SC 504 



Characteristics 



X-Y operation 
Bandwidth 



Deflection factor 



Accuracy 



X and Y amplifier 
phase difference 



Ac low frequency 
response (lower— 3 dB 
point) 



Input R and C 



Maximum safe input 
voltage 

Peak (dc + peak ac) 



Peak-to-peak 
(ac components) 



Table 2-3 (cont) 



Performance Requirements 



Less than 3° at 50 kHz or less. 



10 Hz or less. 



Supplemental Information 



Dc to at least 2 MHz. 



Selected by channel 2 controls 
and horizontal mag x1, x10. 



±5%. 



1 Hz with 10X probe. 



1 MQ+1% paralleled by 
approximately 20 pF. 



250 V (dc coupled). 
400 V (ac coupled). 



500 V at 1 kHz or less, 
derates to 10 V at 100 MHz. 



Characteristics 



Geometry 



Orthogonality 



Table 2-4 
CATHODE RAY TUBES 



Phosphor 



Acceleration potential 



Graticule 



Performance Requirements 



Bowing or tilt 0.1 major 
division or less. 



Supplemental Information 



90°C±1.4°C. 



P31. 



12 kV. 



Scale is 8 x 10 divisions 
with 0.25 inch/div with 
internal graticule lines. 



2-6 



Specification and Performance Check— SC 504 

Table 2-5 
POWER SUPPLIES AND CALIBRATOR 



Characteristics 


Performance Requirements 


Supplemental Information 


Calibrator 
Voltage 


0.6 V, ±1%. 




Frequency 




Approximately 1 kHz. 


Power consumption 




Approximately 26 watts operating. 

Less than 1 W, with TRIGGER 
SOURCE switch set to STBY 
(stand by). 



Table 2-6 
REAR INTERFACE INPUT AND OUTPUT SIGNALS 



Characteristics 



Input Signals 

Channel 1 vertical 

input 

Channel 2 vertical 

input 



Performance Requirements 



Trigger input 



Z-axis input 



Input signals 

External (delayed) 
Gate input 



Gate select input 



Supplemental Information 



Selected by CH1 and CH2 
coupling switches in INT DC 
interface) position. 

Input R: 50 0. 

Maximum input voltage: 40 V peak, 

5 V rms. 
Maximum input power: 1/2 W. 



Selected by TRIGGER SOURCE 
switch in INT DC (interface) 
position. 

Input R: 50 O. when selected, 
25 Q when not selected. 
Maximum input voltage: 40 V peak. 
Maximum input power: 1/4 W, 
2.5 V rms. 

Input Resistance: approximately 

1.5 kQ; +5 V turns beam ON 

from OFF condition. 

-5 V turns beam OFF from ON 

condition. 



Eel balanced input with the input 
resistance approximately 100 O 
and operating between +5 V 
and ground. 



Open selects the internal gate. 
Ground (1 kfi or less) selects 
the external gate. 



@ 



2-7 



Specification and Performance Check— SC 504 



Table 2-6 (cont) 



Characteristics 


Performance Requirements 


Supplemental Information 


Intensify input 




Eel input. A low (^3.4 V) intensifies. A 
high, or open circuit (^4.0 V) does not 
intensify. Eel circuit operates between 
+5 V and ground. 


Output signals 

Channel 1 
trigger output 


•- 


At least 50 mV/div. Bandwidth at least 
30 MHz. Output resistance «S50 fi. 


Triggered gate 
output 




Eel balance output operating between 
+5 V and ground. 


Holdoff output 




Eel balanced output operating between 
+5 V and ground. 


Ramp output 




to +10 V ramp. Output resistance 
approximately 500 O. 



Characteristics 



Temperature 
Operating 



Storage 



Altitude 
Operating 



Storage 



Shock 

Operating and 
non-operating 

Vibration 

Operating and 
non-operating 



ENVIRONMENTAL CHARACTERISTICS 

Table 2-7 
ENVIRONMENTAL CHARACTERISTICS 



Description 



0°C to +45°C. To +50°C in mainframes equipped with fan. 



-40° C to+75°C. 



To 15,000 feet; maximum operating temperature decreased by 1°C/1000 feet from 
5,000 to 15,000 feet. 



To 50,000 feet. 



30 g's, 1/2 sine, 11 ms duration, 3 shocks in each direction along 3 major axes, 
for a total of 18 shocks. 



With the instrument operating, the vibration frequency is swept from 10 to 55 to 10 Hz. 
Vibrate 15 minutes in each of the three major axes at 0.015" total displacement. Hold 
10 minutes at any major resonance or, if none, at 55 Hz. Total time, 75 minutes. 



Characteristics 



Net weight 



Dimensions 



PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS 

Table 2-8 
PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS 



Description 



Approximately 6.0 lbs (2.7 kg). 



5.3 in (13.5 cm) W x 12.2 in (30.99 cm) D x 5 in (12.7 cm) H. 



2-8 



Specification and Performance Check— SC 504 



PERFORMANCE CHECK 



Introduction 

This procedure checks the electrical characteristics of 
the SG 504 that appear in the Specification section of this 
manual. If the instrument fails to meet the requirements 
given in this performance check, the adjustment 
procedure should be performed. This procedure can also 
be used by an incoming inspection facility to determine 
acceptability of performance. 



The electrical characteristics in Section 2 are valid only 
if the SG 504 is calibrated at an ambient temperature of 
+20° C to +30° C and operated at an ambient temperature 
of 0°Cto+50°C. 



Tolerances that are specified in th is performance check 
procedure apply to the instrument under test and do not 
include test equipment error. 



Test Equipment Required 

Below is a list of equipment required to verify operation 
as specified. Other equipment may be substituted when 
suitable. 



LIST OF TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS 



Description 


Performance Requirements 


Applications 


Example 


TM 500 power 
module 




All steps. 


TEKTRONIX TM 503, 
TM 504, TM 506. 


Function 
generator 


5 Hz to 5 kHz. 


Frequency response. 


TEKTRONIX FG 503 
Function Generator 3 . 


Time mark 
generator 


.2 s to 5 ns in 1, 2, 5 sequence. 


Sweep rates and 
Geometry. 


TEKTRONIX TG 501 
Time Mark Generator". 


Calibration 
generator 


Amplitude calibration, 50 mV 
to 5 V; accuracy, ±0.25% into 
1 Mfi; output, squarewave 
at approximately 1 kHz. 


Vertical deflection 
and vertical amp input. 


TEKTRONIX PG 506 
Calibration Generator 3 . 


Leveled sine- 
wave generator 


250 kHz to 100 MHz. 


Bandwidth, rejection 
ratio, signal 
isolation, trig sensi- 
tivity, & range phasing. 


TEKTRONIX SG 503 
Leveled Sine-Wave 
Generator 3 . 


Input 
normalizer 


Traceable to NBS; 20 pF and 
1 Mfl 


Vertical amp input. 


Tektronix part no. 
067-0538-00. 


Termination 


50 fi with bnc connectors. 


Output termination 
for signal generator. 


Tektronix part no. 
011-0049-01. 


Coaxial 
cable 


50 Ci with bnc connectors. 


Provides signal 
interconnection. 


Tektronix part no. 
012-0057-01. 


Dual input 
coupler 


Bnc connectors. 


Rejection ratio 
and phasing. 


Tektronix part no. 
067-0525-01. 


Adapter 


Bnc to pin jack. 


Calibrator. 


Tektronix part no. 
013-0084-01. 



"Requires TM 500-series power module. 



REV A, MAR 1979 



2-9 



Specification and Performance Check— SC 504 



Preliminary Control Settings: 



Mainframe power 


ON 


CH 1 




VOLTS/DIV 


1 


CAL 


cw 


DC-GND-AC-INT DC 


DC 


CH2 




VOLTS/DIV 


1 


CAL 


cw 


DC-GND-AC-INT DC 


DC 


SECONDS/DIV 


.5 m 


PULL X10 HORIZ MAG-CAL 


pushed in - cw 


TRIGGERING 




MODE 


AUTO 


CPLG 


DC (all buttons out) 


SOURCE 


CH 1 


SLOPE 


+ 


LEVEL 


centered 


DISPLAY 


CH 1 


INTEN 


normal brightness 


FOCUS 


sharp trace 



h. CHECK— that the display is at least 4.2 major 
divisions in amplitude. 



i. Repeat the above steps for CH 2. 



j. Disconnect all cables and return the front panel 
controls to the preliminary settings. 



NOTE 

To check bandwidth at an ambient temperature 
range of 0°C to +50° C, the generator frequency is 
70 MHz in parts c and g. 



2. Check the Ac Coupled Low Frequency Response 

The front panel control settings are the same as the 
preliminary settings with exception of the following: 

TRIGGERING MODE LINE 

SECOND/DIV 5 m 



1. Check the Vertical Bandwidth (0°C to +35° C) 

The front panel control settings are the same as the 
preliminary settings with exception of the following: 

CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 10 m 

CH 2 VOLTS/DIV 10 m 

TRIGGERING SOURCE LINE 

SECONDS/DIV 1 m 



a. Connect a 10 Hz sine-wave signal from the low 
frequency generator to the CH 1 input connector and 
adjust the signal amplitude for a vertical display of 6 major 
graticule divisions. 



b. Change the CH 1 DC-GND-AC-INT DC switch to 



AC. 



a. Connect a 50 kHz sine-wave signal from the leveled 
sine-wave generator through a 50 Q coaxial cable with a 
50 O termination, to the CH 1 bnc connector. 



c. CHECK— that the signal amplitude is still ^4.2 
major divisions. 



b. Adjust the generator for a display of exactly 6 major 
graticule divisions. 



c. Set the generator frequency to 10 MHz. 



d. Repeat the above procedure for CH 2. 



e. Disconnect all cables and return the front panel 
controls to the preliminary settings. 



d. CHECK— that the displayed trace is at least 4.2 
major divisions in amplitude. 



e. Change the CH 1 VOLTS/DIV switch to .5. 



f. Return the generator frequency to 50 kHz and set 
the display amplitude for 6 major divisions. 



g. Change the generator frequency to 80 MHz. 



3. Check the Vertical Deflection Accuracy (+15° C 
to +35° C) 

The front panel control settings are the same as the 
preliminary settings with the following exceptions: 

CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 5 m 

CH 2 VOLTS/DIV 50 

TRIGGERING SOURCE LINE 



a. Connect the calibration generator to the CH 1 input 
connector through a 50 CI coaxial cable. 



2-10 



REV A. MAR 1979 



Specification and Performance Check— SC 504 



b. Adjust the generator variable control until exactly 4 
major graticule divisions are displayed on the crt. 



e. Change the TRIGGERING SOURCE switch to the 
channel being checked. 



c. CHECK— that the readout error is less than 2.0%. 



d. CHECK- 


readout error 


for the following settings: 


VOLTS/DIV 


Generator 
Setting 


Display 


Tolerance 


5 m 


20 mV 


4 div 


2.0% 


10 m 


50 mV 


5 div 


2.0% 


20 m 


100 mV 


5 div 


2.0% 


50 m 


200 mV 


4 div 


2.0% 


.1 


500 mV 


5 div 


2.0% 


.2 


1 V 


5 div 


2.0% 


.5 


2 V 


4 div 


2.0% 


1 


5V 


5 div 


2.0% 


2 


10 V 


5 div 


2.0% 


5 


20 V 


4 div 


2.0% 


10 


50 V 


5 div 


2.0% 



f. CHECK— that the leading edge of the displayed 
waveform is not undershot or overshot by more than 0.5 
major division. 



g. Repeat this procedure for CH 2. 



h. Disconnect all cables and return the front panel 
controls to the preliminary settings. 



5. Check the Common Mode Rejection Ratio 

The front panel control settings are the same as the 
preliminary settings with the following exceptions: 



CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 
CH 2 VOLTS/DIV 



.2 
.2 



NOTE 

When checking the deflection accuracy at an am- 
bient temperature range of 0°C to +50° C, the 
readout error is less than 3.0%. 



a. Connect a 50 kHz 1 V signal from the leveled sine- 
wave generator to the CH 1 and CH 2 inputs using a 50 Q 
coaxial cable, a 50 Q termination and a 50 O dual input 
connector. 



e. Repeat the above procedure for CH 2. 



b. Change the DISPLAY switch to 1-2 and set the 
generator frequency to 1 MHz. 



f. Disconnect all cables and return the front panel 
controls to the preliminary settings. 



c. CHECK— that the crt displays less than .2 major 
division of deflection. 



4. Check the Vertical Amplifier Input R and C 

The front panel control settings are the same as the 
preliminary settings with exception of the following: 



TRIGGERING SOURCE 



LINE 



a. Connect a 5 V square wave from the calibration 
generator through a 50 Q coaxial cable to the CH 1 input 
connector and adjust the generator for exactly 5 major 
divisions of deflection on the crt screen. 



b. Insert a 20 pF input normalizer between the 
generator and the input connector. 



c. Change the square wave input to 10 V. 



d. Disconnect all cables and return the front panel 
controls to the preliminary settings. 



6. Check for Display Related Signal Isolation 

The front panel control settings are the same as the 
preliminary settings with the following exceptions: 

DISPLAY CH 2 

CH 1 VOLTS/DIV .2 

CH 2 VOLTS/DIV 10 

CH 2 DC-GND-AC-INT DC GND 



a. Connect a 20 MHz 2 V peak-to-peak signal from a 
leveled sine-wave generator through a 50 O coaxial cable 
with a 50 fi termination to the CH 1 input connector. 



d. CHECK— that the deflection is5majordivisions±.1 
division. 



b. CHECK— that CH 2 displays an amplitude of 0.2 
major division or less. 



REV A, MAR 1979 



2-11 



Specification and Performance Check— SC 504 



c. Disconnect the generator signal from the CH 1 
connector and reconnect to the CH 2 input connector. 



i. Disconnect all cables and return the front panel 
controls to the preliminary settings. 



d. Change the DISPLAY switch to CH 1 and the CH 1 
VOLTS/DIV switch to 10. 



e. Change the CH 1 DC-GND-AC-INT DC switch to 
the GND position and the CH 2 DC-GND-AC-INT DC 
switch to the DC position. 



8. Check the External Trigger Sensitivity 

The front panel control settings are the same as the 
preliminary settings with the following exceptions: 

TRIGGERING SOURCE EXT 

SECONDS/DIV .5 fi 



f. Change the CH 2 VOLTS/DIV switch to .2. 



g. CHECK— that CH 1 displays no more than 0.2 major 
graticule division of signal. 



a. Connect a 60 mV peak-to-peak, 30 MHz signal from 
the leveled sine-wave generator through a 50 fi coaxial 
cable with a 50 fi termination to the EXT TRIG input 
connector. 



h. Disconnect all cables and return the front panel 
controls to the preliminary settings. 



b. Depress the TRIG VIEW switch and rotate the 
TRIGGERING LEVEL control. 



7. Check for input Related Signal Isolation 

The front panel control settings are the same as the 
preliminary settings with the following exceptions: 

CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 10 

CH 1 DC-GND-AC-INT DC GND 
CH 2 VOLTS/DIV 5 m 



c. CHECK— for a stable display. 



d. Change the generator frequency to 80 MHz with a 
150 mV peak-to-peak amplitude. 



e. Depress the TRIG VIEW switch and rotate the 
TRIGGERING LEVEL control. 



a. Connect a 10 MHz 5 V peak-to-peak signal from a 
leveled sine-wave generator, through a 50 fi coaxial cable 
with a 50 fi termination to the CH 1 input connector. 



b. CHECK— that CH 2 displays no more than 0.1 major 
graticule division of amplitude. 



f. CHECK— for a stable display. 



g. Disconnect all cables and return the front panel 
controls to the preliminary settings. 



c. Disconnect the generator signal from the CH 1 
connector and reconnect to the CH 2 input connector. 



d. Change the DISPLAY switch to CH 2 and the CH 2 
VOLTS/DIV switch to 10. 



9. Check the Triggering Level Range 

The front panel control settings are the same as the 
preliminary settings with the following exceptions: 



CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 
CH 2 VOLTS/DIV 



.1 
.2 



e. Change the CH 2 DC-GND-AC-INT DC switch to 
GND. 

f. Change the CH 1 VOLTS/DIV switch to 5 m. 



a. Connect a 50 kHz sine wave from a leveled sine- 
wave generator through a 50 fi coaxial cable with a 50 fi 
termination to the CH 1 input connector. 



g. Change the CH 1 DC-GND-AC-INT DC switch to 



DC. 



b. Adjust the generator for a display of 8 major 
graticule divisions. 



h. CHECK— that CH 1 displays no more than 0.1 major 
graticule division of amplitude. 



c. CHECK— that when rotating the TRIGGERING 
LEVEL control fully clockwise or counterclockwise the 
trace disappears. 



2-12 



@ 



Specification and Performance Check— SC 504 



d. Readjust the generator for a 2.8 V peak to peak 
signal and reconnect this signal to the EXT TRIG input 
connector. 



f. CHECK— that the display appears once each time 
the switch is depressed. 



e. Change the TRIGGERING SOURCE switch to the 
EXT position. 



f. CHECK— repeat part c. 



g. Disconnect all signals and return the front panel 
controls to the preliminary settings. 



g. Disconnect all cables and return the front panel 
controls to the preliminary settings. 



11. Check the Horizontal Sweep Rates 

The front panel control settings are the same as the 
preliminary settings with the following exceptions: 



CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 
TRIGGERING MODE 
SECONDS/DIV 



.5 

NORM 

.2 



10. Check the Auto and Single Sweep Reset Modes 
of Operation 

The front panel control settings are the same as the 
preliminary settings with the following exceptions: 



CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 
CH 2 VOLTS/DIV 



.1 
.2 



a. Connect .2 s time marks from a time mark generator 
through a50 CI coaxial cable with a 50 fiterminationtothe 
CH 1 input connector. 



b. Rotate the TRIGGERING LEVEL control for a stable 
display. Vertically position the display to the center of the 
viewing area of the crt. 



a. CHECK— for a visible trace. 



b. Push the MODE NORM switch in. 



c. CHECK— that the trace disappears. 



d. Connect 1 ms pulses from the time mark generator 
through a50 CI coaxial cable with a 50 fi termination to the 
CH 1 input connector. Adjust the TRIGGERING LEVEL 
control for a stable display. 



e. Momentarily depress and release the MODE SGL 
SWP-RESET switch. 



c. CHECK— that 1 time marker per major graticule 
division is displayed on the crt within linearity tolerance 
and the second and tenth time markers line up with their 
respective graticule lines within the specifications as 
shown in the table below. 



d. Disconnect all cables and return the front panel 
controls to the preliminary settings. 



12. Check the Seconds per Division Variable Range 

The front panel control settings are the same as the 
preliminary settings with the following exception: 



CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 



.5 



SECONDS/DIV 


+15°Cto+35°C 


0°C to+50°C 


sweep rates 


unmagnified 


magnified 


unmagnified 


magnified 


.2 s/div to 
50 ms/div 


±3% 
(0.24 major div) 


±4% 
(0.32 major div) 


+4% 
(0.32 major div) 


±5% 
(0.4 major div) 


20 ms/div to 
.2 ps/div 


±2% 
(0.16 major div) 


±3% 
(0.24 major div) 


±3% 
(0.24 major div) 


±4% 
(0.32 major div) 


.1 /t/s/div to 
50 ns/div 


±3% 
(0.24 major div) 


±4% 
(0.32 major div) 


±4% 
(0.32 major div) 


±5% 
(0.4 major div) 


Linearity (any 
2 div portion with- 
in the center 8 div) 


±5% 
(0.4 major div) 


±6% 
(0.48 major div) 


±6% ±7% 

(0.48 major div) (0.56 major div) 

l 



2-13 



Specification and Performance Check— SC 504 



a. Connect 5 ms time marks from a time mark 
generator through a 50 O coaxial cable with a 50 Q 
termination to the CH 1 input connector. 



b. Use the horizontal POSITION control to place the 
first time marker under the first vertical graticule line. The 
second time marker should be under the tenth vertical 
graticule line. 



c. CHECK— that rotating the SECONDS/DIV CAL 
control fully counterclockwise, positions the second time 
marker to the left of the fourth vertical graticule line. 



d. Disconnect all cables and return the front panel 
controls to the preliminary settings. 



13. Check the X-Y Phasing 

The front panel control settings are the same as the 
preliminary settings with the following exceptions: 



CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 


50 m 


CH 2 VOLTS/DIV 


,2 


DISPLAY 


XY 



a. Connect a 50 kHz signal from a leveled sine-wave 
generator through a 50 Q coaxial cable with a 50 O 
termination and dual input coupler (in that order) to the 
CH 1 and CH 2 input connectors. 



b. Adjust the generator for a vertical deflection of 8 
major graticule divisions. 



c. Rotate the POSITION controls to center the display 
on the crt screen. 



d. CHECK— that the horizontal opening, at screen 
center, is less than 0.4 major graticule division. 



e. Disconnect all cables and return the front panel 
controls to the preliminary settings. 



14. Check the Crt Geometry 

The front panel control settings are the same as the 
preliminary settings with the following exception: 



CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 



50 m 



graticule line, starting exactly at the left edge of the 
graticule. 



b. CHECK— that the right side of the trace is no more 
than 0.1 major graticule division above or below the 
graticule line. 



c. Connect 0.5 ms time markers from a time mark 
generator through a 50 Q coaxial cable with a 50 n 
termination to the CH 1 input connector. 



d. Adjustthe TRIGGERING LEVEL control for a stable 
display on the crt. 



e. Adjust the vertical POSITION control to place the 
baseline of the time markers well off scale beyond the 
bottom of the graticule. 



f. Adjustthe horizontal POSITION control to align one 
of the time markers with the bottom of the vertical center 
line of the graticule. 



g. CHECK— that the top of the vertical trace is within 
0.1 major graticule division left or right of the vertical 
center line. 



h. Disconnect the time mark generator and return the 
front panel controls to the preliminary settings. 



15. Check the Calibrator 

The front panel control settings are the same as the 
preliminary settings with the following exceptions: 



CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 
SECONDS/DIV 



.1 
.2 m 



a. Adjust the vertical and horizontal POSITION con- 
trols so that the displayed signal follows the top horizontal 



a. Connect the output of the calibrator to the CH 1 
input connector using the pin jack to bnc connector. 



b. CHECK— that the display is 6 divisions within .06 
division. 



c. CHECK— that the period of the calibrator waveform 
is approximately 1 ms. 



d. Disconnect the bnc to pin adapter. 



This completes the Performance Check Procedure. 



2-14 



@ 



Section 3— SC 504 



ADJUSTMENT 
PROCEDURE 



INTERNAL ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE 



Adjustment is generally required after a repair has been 
made, or after long time intervals in which normal aging of 
components may affect instrument accuracy. 



To ensure instrument accuracy, check the calibration 
every 2000 hours of operation or every six months if used 
infrequently. 



Before complete calibration thoroughly clean and 
inspect this instrument asoutlined in the service section of 
the Power Module manual. The Power Module manual 
also contains information for general maintenance of this 
instrument, including preventive, component identifica- 
tion and replacement etc. 



NOTE 

Tektronix, Inc. provides complete instrument repair 
and calibration at local Field Service Centers and at 
the Factory Service Center. Contact your Tektronix 
Field Office or representative for further informa- 
tion. 



WARNING 



Dangerous potentials exist at several points 
throughout this instrument. When the instrument is 
operated with the covers removed, do not touch 
exposed connections or components. Disconnect 
power by removing the SC 504 from the TM 500- 
series power module before cleaning the instrument 
or replacing parts. The SC 504 TRIGGERING 
SOURCE switch STBY position does not remove all 
power from the oscilloscope. 



Equipment Required 



LIST OF TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS 



Description 


Performance Requirements 


Applications 


Example 


TM 500 Power 




All steps 


TEKTRONIX TM 503, 


module 






TM 504, TM 506 


Digital 


Range, to 50 V, accuracy, 


Calibrator 


TEKTRONIX DM 501 


voltmeter 


±0.1% 


Power supplies 
Beam current 
Common mode 
Trigger balance 


Digital Multimeter" 


Time-mark 


.2 s to 5 ns in 1 ,2,5 sequence 


Geometry 


TEKTRONIX TG 501 


generator 




Sweep mag 
Gain 

Sweep timing 
Fast ramp comps 


Time Mark Generator 3 


Calibration 


Amplitude calibration, 50 mV 


Low freq comp 


TEKTRONIX PG 506 


generator 


to 5 V; accuracy, +0.25% into 


Input capacitance 


Calibration Generator* 




1 MQ; Output, squarewave at 


Gain 






approximately 1 kHz 


Transient response 




Input 


Traceable to NBS; 20 pF and 


Input capacitance 


Tektronix part no. 


normalizer 


1 MO 




067-0538-00 



Requires TM 500-series power module. 



@ 



3-1 



Adjustment Procedure— SC 504 



LIST OF TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS (cont) 



Description 


Performance Requirements 


Applications 


Example 


Termination 


50 fi with bnc connectors 


Output termination 
for signal generator 


Tektronix part no. 
011-0049-01 


Coaxial 
cable 


50 with bnc connectors 


Provides signal inter- 
connection 


Tektronix part no. 
012-0057-01 


Plug-in 
extension 




All steps 


Tektronix part no. 
067-0645-02 
(2 required) 


10X attenuator 
2X attenuator 


50 fi with bnc connectors 
50 fi with bnc connectors 


Low freq comp 
Vertical amp response 

Vertical amp response 


Tektronix part no. 
010-6105-03 

Tektronix part no. 
011-0069-02 



Preliminary Procedure 

1. Check that the power is OFF in the TM 500 series 
power module. 



2. Connect the nominal line selector block of the 
power module to the correct line selector pins (1 20 V ac or 
220 V ac). Also check that the regulating range selected 
includes the input line voltage. See the Installation Section 
of the Power Module Manual. 



a. Connect the power module to the line voltage 
source. 

3. Remove the SC 504 Oscilloscope side, top, and 
bottom covers and connect the oscilloscope to the power 
module, using the plug-in extensions. Observe the caution 
signs on the plug-ins when making the connections. Align 
the plug-in correctly when making the connection to the 
short board. 



NOTE 

The performance of this instrument can be checked 
at any temperature from 0°C to +50° C. Make any 
adjustment at a temperature of +25° C, ±5°C. 



a. Set the following controls: 

FOCUS 

INTEN 

TRIG VIEW 

DISPLAY 

POSITION (vertical) 

CH 1 

CH 1 



Fully counterclockwise 
Fully counterclockwise 
Mid range 
CH 1 

Mid range 
Mid range 



CH 1 




VOLTS/DIV 


0.1 


DC-GND-AC-INT DC 


DC 


CH2 




VOLTS/DIV 


50 m 


DC-GND-AC-INT DC 


GND 


POSITION (horizontal) 


Mid range 


SECONDS/DIV 


0.5 ms 


PULLX10HORIZ 


Fully clockwise and 


MAG/CAL 


pushed in 


TRIGGERING 




MODE AUTO 


Pushed in 


CPLG 




AC 


Pushed in 


AC LF REJ 


Out position 


HFREJ 


Out position 


SOURCE 


CH2 


SLOPE (TRIGGERING) 


+ 


LEVEL (TRIGGERING) 


Midrange 



4. Turn on the power module by pulling the power 
switch out. 

NOTE 

If any work has been performed on the SC 504 
power supplies, check the +20 V, —20 V, +5 V and 
—5 V power supplies. These supplies must be within 
their correct tolerances after turn on. 

5. Allow fifteen minutes for theSC 504 to warm up and 
stabilize. 

NOTE 

The tabbed foldout pages labeled Adjustment 
Locations Figs. 8-11, 8-12, 8-13, and 8-14 contain 
illustrations showing the location of each adjust- 
ment in this procedure. 



3-2 



@ 



Adjustment Procedure— SC 504 



1. Adjust Calibrator Output 

a. Connect the digital voltmeter positive lead to the 
CAL jack, located on the front panel. Connect the 
voltmeter negative lead to chassis ground, at the front 
panel. Set the voltmeter to 2 V full scale. 



4. Adjust Crt Astigmatism 

a. Position the crt spot to the center of the crt viewing 
area with the horizontal and vertical POSITION controls. 
Reduce the spot intensity to prevent crt phosphor 
damage. 



b. Short test points, TP1 1 10 and TP1 1 1 2 located on the 
Main Circuit board. 



b. Rotate the FOCUS control fully counterclockwise. 



c. ADJUST— R3466, +20 Volts, located on the Trigger 
Board, for a voltmeter reading of 0.6000 V. This es- 
tablishes the correct +20 V supply. 



c. ADJUST— R1590, Astig located on the Main Board, 
for the roundest crt spot. 



d. Set the FOCUS control for the best focused spot. 



d. Remove the short from TP1110 and TP1112. 



e. If necessary, reduce the spot intensity to prevent crt 
phosphor damage. 



2. Power Supplies and Testpoints 



+20 volts 


±2% 


TP3465 


-20 volts 


±3% 


TP3365 


+5 volts 


±3% 


TP2462 


—5 volts 


±3% 


TP2460 



5. Adjust Crt Trace Rotation 

a. Set the SECONDS/DIV switch to .5 m and the 
DISPLAY switch to CH 2. 



Check supply voltages with respective grounds. 



b. Position the trace to the center horizontal graticule 
line. 



3. Adjust Crt Beam Current 

a. Connect the positive lead of the dc voltmeter to the 
beam current testpoint, TP1575 located on the Main 
Circuit board and the voltmeter negative lead to chassis 
ground. Set the voltmeter to about 2 V full scale. 



b. Set the DISPLAY switch to XY and position the 
beam off the crt viewing area using the front panel 
POSITION controls. Turn the INTEN control fully 
clockwise. 



c. ADJUST— R1 585 located on the Main Board, until 
the crt trace is parallel to the center horizontal graticule 
line. 



6. Adjust Crt Geometry 

NOTE 

The geometry adjustment will cause some change in 
sweep timing. 



c. ADJUST— R1595, Beam Current, for a voltmeter 
reading between 0.39 V and 0.41 V. • 



a. Connect 0.5 ms time markers from the properly 
terminated time mark generator to the CH 2 input connec- 
tor. Trigger the display and position the baseline of the 
time mark below the bottom graticule line. 



d. Disconnect the voltmeter and turn the INTEN 
control to its midrange position. 




To avoid possible damage to the crt phosphor, do 
not allow a bright spot to remain stationary for an 
extended period of time within the viewing area. 



b. ADJUST-R1580, Geom located on the Main Board, 
for minimum bow or tilt of the vertical lines using the 
vertical graticule lines for reference. Compromise the 
adjustment of R1580 to bring all points within 0.1 major 
division or less . 



c. Disconnect the time mark generator. 



@ 



3-3 



Adjustment Procedure— SC 504 



7. Adjust CH 1 and CH 2 Attenuator Bal Controls 

a. Set the DISPLAY switch to CH 2. 



b. Set the CH 2 DC-GND-AC-INT DC switch to GND 
and the VOLTS/DIV switch to 20 m. 

c. Position the crt trace to the center horizontal 
graticule line using the CH 2 vertical POSITION control. 



d. Set the CH 2 VOLTS/DIV switch to 5 m. 



e. ADJUST— R1 570, Bal 2 located on the Main Board, 
(R1565, Bal 1, for Ch 1) to bring the crt trace back to the 
center horizontal graticule line. 



b. Set the SOURCE switch to CH 2. 



c. Set the CH 2 VOLTS/DIV switch to 10 m with the 
DC-GND-AC-INT DC switch set to DC. 



d. Connect a fast rise (positive going) signal from a 
PG 506 Calibration Generator or equivalent, through a 
X10 attenuator and a 50 O termination network, into the 
CH 2 input connector. 



e. Adjust the generator for a pulse amplitude of 5 major 
graticule divisions. 



f. Set the calibration generator for a period of 100 Hz. 



f. Return the CH 2 VOLTS/DIV switch to 20 m and 
reposition the crt trace to the center horizontal graticule 
line using the vertical POSITION control. Repeat these 
steps until all interaction is eliminated. 



g. Set the SECONDS/DIV switch to 1 m. 



h. Check for a flat top of the displayed waveform. 



g. Change the DISPLAY switch to CH 1 and repeat the 
above steps for CH 1. 



i. Rotate the TRIGGERING LEVEL control to obtain a 
stable display. 



8. Adjust the Vertical Common Mode Voltage 

a. Set the DISPLAY switch to CH 2. 



j. ADJUST— R2311, Lf Comp, located on the F & I 
Board to obtain a flat top of the displayed waveform. 



b. Connect the dc voltmeter leads to the center-tapped 
connections of L2247 and L2347 located on the F and I 
circuit board. 



c. ADJUST the CH 2 vertical POSITION control until 
the voltmeter indicates V, ±50 mV. 



k. Disconnect the calibration generator and all cables. 



10. Adjust CH 1 and CH 2 Input Capacitance For 
Hybrid Attenuators 

a. Set the CH 1 DC-GND-AC-INT DC switch to DC. 



d. Disconnect the voltmeter. 



b. Set the VOLTS/DIV switch to .2. 



e. Reconnect the positive lead of the DC voltmeter to 
either connection listed in step b and the voltmeter 
negative lead to chassis ground. 

f. ADJUST— R2137, CM located on the F & I Board, 
until the voltmeter indicates between +4.05 V and 
+3.95 V. 



c. Set the TRIGGERING SOURCE switch to CH 1 and 
connect a 20 pF normalizer from the calibration generator 
through a 2X attenuator to the CH 1 input connector. 



d. Set the TRIGGERING SLOPE to + position. 



g. Disconnect the voltmeter. 



e. Adjust the calibration generator for a 100 /us period 
and an output amplitude of 6 major graticule divisions. 



9. Adjust Low Frequency Compensation 

a. Set the DISPLAY switch to CH 2. 



f. Set the SECONDS/DIV switch to 5 n, and the 
VOLTS/DIV switch to .1. 



3-4 



g. Rotatethe TRIGGERING LEVEL control fora stable 

display. 



h. ADJUST— C1430 located on the Main Board, 
(C1330 for CH 2) for a flat top on the displayed waveform. 



i. Change the DISPLAY switch to CH 2, along with the 
applicable CH 2 controls, and repeat the above steps for 
CH2. 



11. Adjust the Vertical Amplifier Gain 

a. SettheCH 2 VOLTS/DIV switch to 10 mandsetthe 
TRIGGERING SOURCE switch to EXT. 

b. Set the CH 2 DC-GND-AC-INT DC switch to DC. 



Adjustment Procedure— SC 504 

c. Set the CH 2 DC-GND-AC-INT DC switch to DC. 



d. Set the calibration generatorfora period of 1 jusand 
adjust the generator for a five division squarewave display. 



e. Set the SECONDS/DIV switch to .1 /x and pull the 
X10 HORIZ MAG switch (10 ns/div). 



f. Set the TRIGGERING SOURCE switch to CH 2 and 
rotate the TRIGGERING SLOPE control to the - position 
and observe the rising edge of the waveform. 



g. ADJUST— R2242, R2310, C2313 and C2341 all 
located on the F and I board with C1349 and R1345 
(located on CH 2, Main board) for the fastest flat top 
waveform in the first 100 ns. 



c. Connect a 50 mV standard amplitude signal from 
the calibration generator to the CH 2 input connector. 



d. Vertically POSITION the waveform so that the top 
and bottom of the pulse waveform are within equal 
distance of the graticule center line. 



h. ADJUST— R2321, C2321 and C2343 located on the 
F and I board for the fastest flat top waveform in the first 
30 ns. It may be necessary to repeat part g to achieve the 
specified aberrations and risetime. 



i. Reconnect the calibration generatoroutputsignalto 
the CH 1 input connector. 



e. ADJUST— R2336, Gain 2, located on the F & I Board, 
for a waveform amplitude of exactly five major graticule 
divisions. 



j. Set the DISPLAY switch and TRIGGERING 
SOURCE switch to CH 1. 



f. Change the DISPLAY switch to CH 1 and reconnect 
the calibration generator output signal to the CH 1 input. 



g. Set the CH 1 VOLTS/DIV switch to 10 m. 



h. Set the CH 1 DC-GND-AC-INT DC switch to DC. 



i. ADJUST— R1455, Gain 1 located on the Main Board, 
for a waveform amplitude of exactly five major graticule 
divisions. 



12. Adjust Vertical Amplifier Transient Response 

a. Connect a fast rise positive going signal from a 
PG 506 Calibration Generator or equivalent, through a 
X10 attenuator and a 50 Q termination into the CH 2 input 
connector. 



k. Set the CH 1 VOLTS/DIV switch to 10 m. 



I. ADJUST— C1447, R1445 and C1527 located on 
CH 1 , Main board to obtain the specified aberrations and 
risetime for CH 1. 

NOTE 

It may be necessary to repeat parts g and h 
compromising the settings ofR2321, R2310, C2321, 
C2313, R2242, C2341, C2343, C1447, R1445 and 
C1527 to obtain optimum transient response for 
both channels. 

m. Disconnect the calibration generator. 

13. Adjust Sweep Mag Register 

a. Set the DISPLAY switch to CH 1 and the 
SECONDS/DIV switch to .1 m. 



b. Set the DISPLAY switch to CH 2 and the 
VOLTS/DIV switch to 10 m. 



b. Connect .5 ms time markers from a properly ter- 
minated time mark generator to the CH 1 connector. 



@ 



3-5 



Adjustment Procedure— SC 504 



c. Rotate the TRIGGERING LEVEL control to obtain a 
stable display. 



d. Pull the X10 HORIZ MAG switch. 



e. Use the horizontal POSITION control to align the 
leading edge of any one of the time marks to the vertical 
graticule center line. 



15. Adjust Horizontal Amplifier X10 Gain 

a. Connect the 20 (is time markers from the time mark 
generator to the CH 1 input connector. 



NOTE 

If 20 (is time markers are unavailable, connect 10 /is 
markers and reference the display to two time marks 
per major graticule division. 



f. Push in the X10 HORIZ MAG switch (X1 position). 



b. Pull the X10 HORIZ MAG switch. 



g. ADJUST— R1 155, Mag Reg located on the Main 
board, to line up the leading edge of the unmagnifiedtime 
mark with the vertical graticule center line. 



c. Rotate the TRIGGERING LEVEL control to obtain a 
stable display. 



h. Pull the X10 HORIZ MAG switch and check for 
proper alignment of the time mark. 



i. Repeat steps d through h until there is no interaction 
between the X1 and X10 MAG positions. 



14. Adjust Horizontal Amplifier X1 Gain 

a. Set the SECONDS/DIV switch to .2 m. 



d. Adjust— R1 169X10 Gain located on the Main board, 
until a display of one time mark per major graticule 
division is obtained. The second and tenth time markers 
must line up exactly with their respective graticule lines. 



16. Adjust Sweep Timing 

a. Set the SECONDS/DIV switch to 1 (i. 

b. Push in the X10 HORIZ MAG switch. 



b. Set the CH 1 VOLTS/DIV switch to .5. 



c. Connect the 0.2 ms time markers (see note) from a 
properly terminated time mark generatorto the CH 1 input 
connector. 



NOTE 



c. Connect 1 (is time markers from the time mark 
generator to the CH 1 input connector. 



d. ADJUST— C1238 located on the Main board, until a 
display of one time marker per major graticule division is 
obtained. The second and tenth time markers must line up 
exactly with their respective graticule lines. 



If 0.2 ms time markers are unavailable, connect 0.1 
ms markers and reference the display to two time 
marks per major graticule division. 



e. Change the SECONDS/DIV switch and the markers 
out of the time mark generator to 0.2 /us. 



d. Rotate the TRIGGERING LEVEL control to obtain a 
stable display. 



e. Vertically position the display to the centerof thecrt 
viewing area with the POSITION control. 



f. ADJUST— R1 167, X1 Gain located on the Main 
board, until a display of the proper time marks per major 
graticule division is obtained. The correct time markers 
must line up exactly with the second and tenth graticule 
lines. 



NOTE 

If 0.2 /is time markers are unavailable, connect 
0. 1 (is markers and reference the display to two time 
marks per major graticule division. 



f. Check the display for one time mark per major 
graticule division (+2%) between the second and tenth 
major graticule lines. 



g. Check all sweep rates between 0.2 (is and 2 (is using 

appropriate time markers (within 2%). 



3-6 



h. Check display again for one time mark per major 
graticule division (within 3%) for 50 ns and 0.1 (is. 



i. If necessary compromise the final adjustment of 
C1238 so that the time markers in the center eight 
graticule divisions for the above sweep rates are all within 
tolerance. 



Adjustment Procedure— SC 504 

I. While adjusting C4131 and C4140 by rotating the 
horizontal POSITION control, keep the center time mark 
positioned on the center graticule line. 



m. Disconnect the Time Mark generator. 

18. Adjust Triggering External Balance 

a. Set the dc voltmeter to measure 2 V full scale. 



17. Adjust Fast Ramp Comp (left), and Fast Ramp 
Comp (right) 

a. Set DISPLAY switch to CH 1 . 



b. Connect the positive lead of the voltmetertoTP3520 
located on the Trigger Switch board, and the negative lead 
of the voltmeter to TP3521. 



b. Connect 5 ns time markers from a properly ter- 
minated time mark generator to the CH 1 input connector. 



c. Set the CH 1 VOLTS/DIV switch to 1 V. 



d. Connect the trigger out signal from the time mark 
generatortotheEXTTRIG inputconnectoroftheSC 504. 



c. Set the CPLG switch to AC. 



d. Set the SOURCE switch to INT. 



e. ADJUST R3527, Ext Bal located on the Trigger Sw. 
board, to obtain a V +10 mV reading on the dc 
voltmeter. 



e. Set the TRIGGERING SOURCE switch to EXT. 



f. Disconnect the dc voltmeter. 



f. Set the SECONDS/DIV switch to 50 n. 



g. Push in the X10 HORIZ MAG switch (X1 Gain). 



19. Adjust Horizontal X Gain 

a. Connect a 50 mV standard amplitude signal from 
the calibration generator to the CH 2 input connector. 



h. Rotate the TRIGGERING LEVEL control to obtain a 
stable display. 



i. Use the horizontal POSITION control to center the 
time markers on the graticule. 



b. Set the DISPLAY switch to XY. 



c. Set the CH 2 DC-GND-AC-INT DC switch to DC. 



d. Set the CH 2 VOLTS/DIV switch to 10 m. 



j. Pull the X10 HORIZ MAG switch and recenter the 
middle time mark on the graticule with the horizontal 
POSITION control. The second and tenth time markers 
must line up with their respective graticule lines. 



e. Position the two dot display equally from left to right 
of the crt center graticule line with the positioning 
controls. 



NOTE 

Accuracy is measured over the center eight 
divisions, excluding the first 50 ns and all after the 
first 100 divisions of the magnified sweep. 



f. ADJUST— R1 160, X Gain, located on the Main 
board, for exactly five major graticule divisions, between 
two displayed dots. 



g. Disconnect the calibration generator. 



k. ADJUST C4131 and C4140 located on the Horiz Defl 
board, alternately so that the second and tenth time 
markers line up with their respective graticule lines. 



20. Adjust TRIG VIEW Center 

a. Set the SECONDS/DIV switch to 2 m. 



@ 



3-7 



Adjustment Procedure— SC 504 



b. Push in the TRIGGERING MODE AUTO pushbut- 
ton. 



21. Adjust Triggering + Peak and — Peak 

a. Set the SOURCE switch to the LINE position. 



c. Set the TRIGGERING SOURCE switch to LINE. 



b. Depress the TRIG VIEW pushbutton switch while 
making the following adjustments. 



d. Depress the DISPLAY TRIG VIEW pushbutton and 
hold it during the following adjustments. 



c. Rotate the TRIGGERING LEVEL control to the - 
side. 



e. ADJUST— R3336, Trig View Bal located on the 
Trigger board, so that the start of the waveform trace on 
the crt display is at the horizontal graticule center line. 



d. ADJUST— R31 10, - Peak located on the Trigger 
board, to position the bottom of the display waveform to 
one-half major graticule division above the point where 
the waveform just loses triggering. 



f. Switch the TRIGGERING SLOPE switch to - and 
recheck the starting position of the display (TRIG VIEW 
pushbutton still depressed). 



e. Rotate the TRIGGERING LEVEL control to the + 
side. 



g. Compromise the final adjustment of R3336 between 
the display starts for both the + and - SLOPE switch 
positions. 



f. ADJUST— R3115, + Peak located on the Trigger 
board, to position the top of the displayed waveform to 
one-half major graticule division below the point where 
the waveform just loses triggering. 



3-8 



REV A, MAR 1979 



Section 4— SC 504 



THEORY OF 
OPERATION 



VERTICAL CIRCUITRY 



Input Coupling 

Signals entering the input connectors can be dc 
coupled, internally disconnected from the input to the 
preamplifier circuit (GND) or ac coupled signals from the 
rear interface can be dc coupled. 



When the DC-GND-AC-INT DC switch is in the DC 
position, the input signal is coupled directly to the 
attenuator. When the switch is in the GND position, the 
input to the attenuator is grounded. This provides a 
ground reference without disconnecting the signal from 
the input connector. When the switch is in the AC position, 
the input signal passes through the coupling capacitor to 
the attenuator. This capacitor blocks the dc component of 
the signal. When the switch is in the INT DC position, the 
rear interface signals are internally coupled to the channel 
1 or channel 2 attenuators. In channel 1 , the vertical signal 
from pins 14A and 15A of the rear interface connector is 
fed into the CH 1 attenuator. When Q3286 conducts, 
K3386 is energized closing S3386. The operation of 
channel 2 circuitry is identical to that of channel 1. 



VOLTS/DIV Switching and Attenuators 

The overall deflection factor of each channel is deter- 
mined by the VOLTS/DIV switch setting. The basic 
deflection factor is 5 mV/div. There is no attenuation in 
this setting and the preamplifier gain is maximum. Other 
deflection factors are achieved by signal attenuation and 
gain switching circuits (see Fig. 4-1). The VOLTS/DIV 
control operates the attenuator switch contacts and the 
vertical gain switch contacts from a single switch cam 
(S1525— CH1, S1325— CH 2). The attenuator circuits 
consist of one 5X and two 10X attenuators (for each 
channel). A 500X attenuation factor is obtained when 
switching the three attenuators in series. 



FET Input Source Followers 

The signals from the attenuators are connected to the 
source followers Q1435 for channel one and Q1335 for 
channel two. Resistors located on the hybrid substrates 
provide 1 Mfi input impedance. The output resistors of the 
input attenuators limit the current drive to the gates of 
Q1435A and Q1335A when high amplitude signals are 
applied to the input connectors. Transistors Q1435B and 
Q1335B are constant current sources for Q1435A and 
Q1335A. 



Gain Switching Circuits and Vertical Preamplifiers 

The gain switching circuits for each channel consist of 
two 2X attenuation networks located on the hybrid circuits 
HY1530forCH 1 and HY1430forCH 2. Again reduction of 
4X is obtained when switching in both 2X networks. The dc 
input balance controls, R1565 and R1570, quiescently 
balance the preamplifier input circuits so that no current 
flows through the gain setting resistors. 



The vertical preamplifier circuits provide the initial 
stages of signal amplification. The outputs from these two 
hybrids provide triggering signals, and signals to the 
trigger interface amplifier and horizontal deflection 
amplifier. The CH 1 and CH 2 CAL controls provide 
continuously variable deflection factors between the 
calibrated settings of the VOLTS/DIV switch. In the 1-2 
position of the DISPLAY switch the + and - signal lines, 
within the channel 2 preamplifier, are inverted. 



Channel Switching 

Transistor gates inside the hybrid circuits couple either 
the channel 1 or channel 2 preamplifier signals to the 
vertical amplifier. These gates are controlled by the 
channel switching multivibrator and the DISPLAY switch 
to provide the various vertical display modes. 



A differential amplifier composed of Q1455,Q1555, and 
associated circuitry controls both channel one and 
channel two switching. The DISPLAY switch, when set at 
either the CHOP or ALT positions, causes U2170 to 
operate as a flip-flop mutlivibrator for channel switching. 
This flip-flop action turns on Q1455 or Q1555, which 
causes pin 1 of either HY1430 or HY1530 to go high thus 
selecting the switching mode (see Fig. 4-2). 



When the DISPLAY switch is in the CHOP position, the 
channel switching multivibrator free runs and outputs a 
positive-going signal to the Z-Axis circuitry causing the 
crt to blank during the switching time. This signal also 
causes U2170 to toggle (changing output states) thus 
switching the respective channels. In the ALT position, a 
positive-going signal is received from the sweep circuit to 
initiate the alternate switching of both channels one and 
two. The display is switched between the channels at the 
end of each sweep. 



@ 



4-1 



Theory of Operation— SC 504 



P/O HY 1430 
Preamplifier IC 



i 




Ch 1 signal 



Ch 2 signal 




1 



18 



rr\ 





3\^ 



"» 



"> 



■» 



Vert 
Signal 

To 
Delay 
Line 



J= CH2 
\= CH 1 



* NOTE 
DISPLAY switch shown 
in CHOP position 



i 




o 



rD 



Q — \W~» 



rc\ 




Channel Switching 
Multivibrator 



to Pin 1 
HY 1530 
(CH. 1) 



vu 





-5V 



Differential 
Amplifier 



2296-8 



Fig. 4-1. Signal attenuation. 



4-2 



@ 



Theory of Operation— SC 504 



VOLTS/DIV 



(Ch 1 and Ch 2) 



IN 




OUT 



ATTENUATOR SWITCH 

500 X = 1,3,5,7,9 and 11 closed 

100 X = 2,5,7,9 and 11 closed 

10 X - 2,6,9 and 11 closed 

1 X = 2,6 and 10 closed 



(17) (16) (19) (18) (21) (20) (23) (22) 



IN 




GAIN SWITCH 

4 X = 17,18,21 and 22 closed 

2 X = 16,19,21 and 22 closed 

1 X = 16,19,20 and 23 closed 



OUT 



VOLTS/DIV 
SETTING 


ATTENUATION 


GAIN REDUCTION 


5mV 


1X 


1X 


10 mV 


1X 


2X 


20 mV 


1X 


4X 


50 mV 


10X 


1X 


.1 V 


10X 


2X 


.2 V 


10X 


4X 


.5 V 


100X 


1X 


1 V 


100X 


2X 


2V 


100X 


4X 


5V 


500X 


2X 


10 V 


500X 


4X 



Fig. 4-2. Channel switching gates. 



@ 



4-3 



Theory of Operation— SC 504 



Trigger Interface Amplifier 

The interface amplifier acts as a buffer and also 
provides gain. The channel 1 preamplifier output signal 
from pins 2 and 4 of J 1450 is fed via a 50 Q coaxial cable to 
pins 1 and 2 of J3170 of the trigger interface amplifier 
circuit. This signal is inverted through the collector of 
Q3178 and outputs through emitter follower Q3188, at 
either J31 88 and the rear interface connector pins 27B and 
28B. 



Trigger View 

When the TRIG VIEW pushbutton switch is depressed, 
the triggering signal is displayed on the crt. 



When the TRIG VIEW switch is in the off position 
(pushbutton out), Q1460 and Q1462 conduct, causing 
current flow to pins 5 of HY1430 and HY1530. This 
provides for normal channel 1 and channel 2 preamplifier 
operation. 



When the TRIG VIEW switch is depressed, Q1456 and 
Q1458 are biased on through R1464 and R1466. Pins 1 of 
HY1430 and HY1530 are pulled low turning the channel 1 
and channel 2 preamplifiers off. 



Delay Line and Vertical Output Amplifier 

The delay line provides 125 ns of delay for the vertical 
signal, allowing the sweep generator circuits time to 
initiate a sweep before the vertical signal reaches the crt 
deflection plates. 



The Vertical Output Amplifier is a three stage 
paraphase amplifier. The first stage consists of transistors 
Q2220, Q2320, Q2321, Q2322 and associated com- 
ponents. The circuitry between the emitters of Q2220 and 
Q2320 provides delay line, thermal and partial transient 
compensation. Thermistors RT2210, RT2120and varicap 
CR2220 compensate the gain and transient response for 
ambient temperature changes. 



The second stage consists of Q2230, Q2235, Q2330, 
Q2335 and associated components. C2233, R2231 , C2333 
and R2332 provide thermal compensation. 



The third stage consists of Q2242, Q2246, Q2346, 
Q2342 and associated components with R2336 providing 
vertical gain adjustment. The common mode bias voltage 
is set by R2137 and temperature compensating diode, 
CR2132. Final transient compensation is provided by 
R2242, C2341 and C2343. Transistors Q2131 and Q2135 
provide the bias voltage levels for Q2235, Q2335, Q2242 
and Q2342. T-coils, L2247 and L2347, couple the output 
signals to the upper and lower deflection plates of the crt. 



TRIGGERING AND SWEEP CIRCUITRY 



Trigger Pickoff 

This circuit, through the setting of the TRIGGERING 
SOURCE switch, inputs one of several triggering signals 
to the Trigger Generator circuit. Triggering signals 
available are the EXT TRIG, interface trigger, CH 1 trigger, 
CH 2 trigger and the line trigger. 



Trigger Coupling 

The TRIGGERING CPLG switch selects either ac or dc 
coupling. In the AC position, coupling capacitor C3510 
blocks the dc component of the trigger signal below 
60 Hz. This capacitor discharges through the 
TRIGGERING SOURCE switch and R3315 when switched 
out of the EXT position. In the AC LF REJ position, 
coupling capacitor C351 1 blocks the dc component of the 
trigger signal below 10 kHz. In the HF REJ position, R3521 
and C3521 provide frequency rolloff for the high frequen- 
cy components above 50 kHz. 



Input Source Follower 

Field effect transistor Q3520 operates as a source 
follower. It provides a high impedance input for the 
triggering signals and also provides isolation between the 
trigger generator circuit and the trigger signal source. 
Diode CR3521 protects Q3520. FET Q3524 is a high 
impedance, relatively constant, current source and 
provides temperature compensation for Q3520. 



Trigger Generator 

The triggering signal from source follower Q3520 feeds 
a differential pair composed of Q3523 and Q3522. Tran- 
sistor Q3524 is a current source for Q3523. Transistor 
Q3523 forms a voltage to current converter. Q3523 and 
Q3522 are cascoded and protected by diodes CR3525 and 
CR3520. The output signal, at the collector of Q3135 
drives the Peak Detector circuitry and the trigger com- 
parator circuitry composed of Q3235, Q3234 and their 
associated components. 



4-4 



@ 



Theory of Operation — SC 504 



When the MODE AUTO switch is depressed, the 
triggering signal enters the amplifier circuit composed of 
Q3132 and Q3134 for the + peak circuitry and Q3144 and 
Q3145 for the - peak. The peak detector circuits sample 
the + and - signal levels and are adjusted by dc level shift 
potentiometers R3114 and R3112. Peak sensing 
capacitors C3130 and C3140 hold peak voltage levels 
which are applied to the TRIGGERING LEVEL control via 
buffer level shifters U3125 and U31 20. The LEVEL control 
is adjusted between the two voltage levels equal to the 
most negative and most positive peaks of the triggering 
signal. With the AUTO pushbutton out, the triggering 
LEVEL control limits are set by R3129, R3126 and R3124 
and R3120. 



The trigger level is set by the TRIGGERING LEVEL 
control, buffered by U3148 and sent to the base of trigger 
comparator Q3234. If the voltage at the base of Q3234 is 
higher, current flows through Q3234 and the collector of 
Q3235 goes high. If the base of Q3234 is lower, the 
collector of Q3235 is lowered. Both outputs of the trigger 
comparator are supplied to and switched internally by the 
gate generator, U3238. These signals are taken from 
U3238 via Q3236 and Q3237 and fed to the Trigger View 
circuit. 



Gate Generator 

Integrated circuit, U3238 converts the output signals 
from the trigger comparator to a gate waveform which is 
used for sweep generator control. With the + slope select, 
pin 1, of ICU3238 connected to ground, a high signal (3 V 
to 4 V) on pin 13 of U3238 causes pin 3 (gate output) to go 
more positive and pin 4 to go more negative. Pin 14 goes 
negative. The output gate occurs when pins 13 and 14 are 
within about 20 mV of each other. Ungrounding pin 1 
causes gate outputs from pins 3 and 4 when pin 13 is 
negative going and pin 14 positive going. 



The reset (holdoff) signal from pin 9 of IC U31 58 causes 
pins 6 and 10 to go high during the holdoff time, after the 
completion of the sweep. This inhibits the gate generator 
until after holdoff time when pins 6 and 10 go more 
negative. 



The triggered gate and holdoff outputs are available on 
the rear interface connector through pins 25B, 26B, and 
20B, 21 B. 



Sweep Control Operation 

The sweep control circuit recognizes initiating gates 
from the trigger circuitry and uses these gates to start and 
stop the sweep as well as reset the trigger gating 
generator. The control circuitry also provides blanking 
pulses for the crt. 



The sweep control ci rcu it is composed of two OR gates. 
Transistors Q3263, Q3265 and Q3262 output the sweep 
and logic gates to U3158. Transistors Q3258, Q3260, 
Q3261 and Q3262 cause a current flow which initiates the 
sweep (see Fig. 4-3). 



Sweep Gates 

The Trig Gate is a low level signal developed from 
U3238 pin 4 (Diagram 4). This signal turns on Q3262 
causing Q3256 to initiate the sweep gate to pin 6 of U3158. 
The logic gate feeds pin 5 of U31 58 when Q31 54 conducts. 



The auto gate is a low level signal from U3158, 
developed at pin 6. Depressing the TRIGGERING AUTO 
MODE switch grounds pin 4 of U3158. If no logic gate is 
received at pin 5 of U31 58, for a period of time determined 
by R3162and C3164, the circuitry in U31 58 outputs, from 
pin 6, a negative-going square wave. This square wave 
turns Q3260 on, when the bases of Q3261 and Q3264 are at 
a higher level than the threshold voltage on the base of 
Q3258. A blanking signal is developed from Q3258 which 
is positive-going and outputs to the Z-axis circuitry. 



The external gate must be an ECL input signal at the 
rear interface connector, and inputs to the gate enable 
circuit. This circuit consists of Q3268 and Q3269. The gate 
select signal from pin 24B on the rear interface connector 
causes Q3268 to conduct. Q3269 turns off, thus enabling 
the external gate. This gate turns on Q3264 causing 
current flow through CR1140, developing a sweep. 



Holdoff 

The holdoff signal is available at pin 9 of U3158 which 
connects to the gate generator (U3238) at pin 10 (Diagram 
4). This positive-going signal prevents the generating of 
sweep gates during holdoff times or after a single sweep 
has occurred. Holdoff begins when pin 12 of U3158 goes 
high. The resistor capacitor network, connected to pins 10 
and 11 of U31 58, determine the holdoff time. The setting of 
the SECONDS/DIV switch determines the duration of the 
ramp. 



Single Sweep 

In the SGL SWP mode, pin 1 of U3158 is grounded and 
pin 4 of U3158 is ungrounded. When the sweep is armed, 
pins 13 and 15 of U3158 are low, causing the READY 
TRIG'D indicator to light. This action, at pins 13 and 15 
also occurs when the sweep is in a triggered mode. 
Resistor R3156 limits the LED current to a specified value. 
Depressing the SGL SWP switch (momentary pushbut- 
ton) grounds pin 2 of U3158 which causes the gate 
generator (U3238) to reset. This action turns on the 
READY TRIG'D light and arms the circuit for another non- 
triggered ramp. 



4-5 



Theory of Operation — SC 504 



Q3263 
Q3265 
Q3262 



TRIG GATE 



EXT GATE ' 



£? 



Q3156 




Q3264 
Q3258 
Q3260 
Q3261 




Sweep 
control 
current 



U3156 



LOGIC 
GATE 



AUTO 
MODE 



AUTO GATE 
(output) 

SWP GATE 
(input) 



AUTO 
TIME 




+5V 



vu 



Blanking 
Current 
to z-axis 



2296-9 



Fig. 4-3. Simplified sweep control circuit. 



Ramp Generator 

The sweep ramp is generated during the time that 
Q1240 is off. The amount of current determined by the 
timing resistor flows through the timing capacitor, due to 
the action of the operational amplifier composed of 
Q1237, Q1241 and Q1242. This action generates the 
sweep ramp. The negative-going ramp voltage decreases 
at a rate determined by the timing resistor and timing 
capacitor combination, until reaching approximately 
-10.5 V. 



At the end of the sweep, the ramp control current turns 
on Q1240. If the ramp voltage attempts to go above V, 
CR1247 conducts. This causes the current through Q1240 
to equal the current through the timing resistor plus the 
timing capacitor discharging current. This action clamps 
the integrator output to V until the next sweep turns off 
Q1240. 



In the Schmitt trigger circuit, the ramp outputs through 
emitter follower Q3368 and is inverted through Q3366. The 
positive-going ramp is then emitter coupled to pin 18A of 
the rear interface connector. When the ramp turns Q3368 
off, steering current through Q3367 creates a negative- 
going signal at the base of Q3266. Transistor Q3266 
outputs a positive-going end-of-sweep (eos) signal to pin 



12 of U3158. This output signal also feeds the Z-axis 
circuitry (Diagram 8) to initiate blanking of the crt. The 
alternate drive signal outputs via pin 3 of J2176 to the 
channel switch logic, Q2165 (Diagram 2). 

In the XY mode Q1250 turns on, disabling the ramp; 
CR3359 conducts, disabling the eos comparator; and 
Q3152 turns on, disabling the sweep gates. 

Horizontal Preamplifier and Output Amplifier 

The horizontal preamplifiercircuit is contained within a 
single IC, U4345. A negative-going sweep ramp is fed to 
pin 9 of U4345 from the sweep generator. 

The X1 gain control, R1167, is connected from pin 6 to 
pin 3 of U4345. In the HORIZ MAG position the X10 gain 
control, R1169, is connected in parallel with R1167. The 
magnifier registration, on pins 1 and 8 of U4345, is 
provided by R1155. Horizontal positioning is controlled by 
the front panel Horiz POSITION control. 

The output sweep signals, from pins 7 and 2 of U4345, 
drive the two separate current driven feedback amplifiers 
composed of: Q4126, Q4125 and Q4132 for the positive- 
going sweep; and Q4147, Q4145 and Q4137 for the 
negative-going sweep. Transistor Q4230 is the current 
source. 



4-6 



@ 



Theory of Operation— SC 504 

CRT AND POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITRY 



Crt Circuit 

The crt circuit produces the high voltage potentials and 
provides the control circuits necessary foroperation of the 
cathode ray tube. The Z-axis and blanking amplifier 
circuits set the intensity of the display to control the crt 
blanking. 

Z-Axis Amplifier 

The Z-axis amplifier is a cu rrent driven , shunt-feedback 
operational amplifier with a voltage output. The amplifier 
consists of Q1 280, Q1 288 and Q1 289. The feedback path is 
from the collectors of Q1288 and Q1289, through C1285 
and R1286 to a summing point at the base of Q1280. 
Collector-coupled complementary amplifiers Q1288 and 
Q1289 provide a fast linear output signal and consume 
minimum quiescent power. Q1289 acts as the pull-up 
transitor and Q1288 acts as the pull-down transistor for 
the amplifier. The output voltage from the amplifier 
provides the drive signal to control the crt intensity level 
through the control-grid supply. 



The output voltage level of the Z-axis amplifier is 
determined by the voltage drop across R1286 with 
reference to the voltage level at the summing point for the 
amplifier (base of Q1280). The current through R1286 is 
determined by the input current from a combination of the 
INTEN control setting and the sweep blanking. 



Diodes CR1296 and CR1297 act as clamps for protec- 
tion to the Z-axis amplifier in case of a high voltage short. 
Transistors Q3244 and Q3248 form a comparator, with the 
sweep blanking signal setting the reference level. To 
unblank the crt, the voltage level at the base of Q3244 must 
be more positive than the level at the base of Q3248. 

High Voltage Regulation 

The regulator circuit, composed of Q1380, Q1381, 
Q1378, U1270 and associated components, provides the 
driving current necessary to energize transformer T1475. 
Regulation is accomplished by sampling the-2 kV across 
the voltage divider composed of R1 285C and R1 285D, and 
comparing it to a +20.6 V reference. The junction of 
R1285C and R1285D, as well as pin 3 of U1270, is 
nominally V. When the ^2 kV supply becomes less 
negative the junction of R1285C, R1285D and pin 3 of 
U1270 becomes more positive. The more positive output 
of U1270 results in increased charging current for C1374, 
which causes Q1380 to conduct longer during each cycle. 
This increases the average current to T1475 and T1385 
which causes Q1380 to saturate due to the positive 
feedback provided by the one turn winding of T1385. 
C1373 charges during the conduction of Q1380. 



At the time pin 5ofT1475 is most negative, C1 373 starts 
discharging, cutting off CR1372 and turning on CR1373 to 
provide base current to Q1 378. When Q1378 conducts, the 
base current of Q1380 reduces, causing the collector of 
Q1380 to go more positive. The action of the one turn 
winding of T1385 speeds up the turn off of Q1380. The 
current through T1385 and energy stored within the coil 
now flows through T1475 via Q1381 and CR1383. Tran- 
sistor Q1 381 conducts until T1 385 is completely discharg- 
ed. With V across the base-emitter junction of Q1 381 , the 
primary of T1475 now swings more positive than the input 
supply voltage. 



When Q1380 is off, U1270 charges C1374 to a voltage 
which, when combined with voltage from the one turn 
feedback winding of T1385, causes Q1380 to conduct 
completing the cycle. 



Initially, at instrument turn on, the reference supply 
goes positive slowly depending upon the charging current 
supplied to C1 270, which iscontrolledbyR1283.0ncethe 
voltage between CR1371 and L1270 becomes more 
positive than +20 V, CR1280 conducts and the reference 
supply is held at +20.6 V. If a short occurs across or in the 
secondary of T1 475, the voltage at the junction of CR1371 
and L1270 goes toward zero, reducing the reference 
voltage and the transformer drive. If the secondary 
winding short remains for a time, F3488 (Diagram 10) 
opens to protect Q1380. If the R1285C and D voltage 
divider or the regulator circuit fails, R1274 and R1371 
allows CR1374 to conduct which removes the base drive 
from Q1378. 



High Voltage Outputs 

The secondary windings of T1475 provide the negative 
and positive accelerating potential for the crt, the bias 
voltage for the control grid and heater voltage for the crt. 



The accelerating potential is supplied by voltage tripler, 
U1590, having an input voltage of approximately 3.3 kV 
peak. The secondary winding of T1475 also supplies the 
negative accelerating voltage for the directly heated crt 
cathode. Diode CR1610 half wave rectifies the transformer 
output and supplies the —2 kV potential to the crt cathode. 



Diodes CR1621 and CR1622 provide the crt control grid 
voltage which is set by the Beam Current adjust, R1595. 
The operating level, at the control grid of V1000, is 
determined by diodes CR1488 and CR1390. Diode 
CR1390 limits the negative excursion of the bias voltage, 
depending upon the Z-axis amplifier output voltage. The 



4-7 



Theory of Operation— SC 504 



positive clipping level at the cathode of CR1488 is set by 
the Beam Current adjust. Diodes CR1621 andCR1622act 
as dc restorers. This results in a dc level across R1622 
equal to the peak-to-peak excursion at the anode of 
CR1488. 



to the base of Q3472 which in turn drives the base of the 
series pass transistor in the mainframe. The conduction of 
Q3472 nullifies this voltage variation, thus maintaining a 
steady output. The output of the supply is set to exactly 
+20 V by the +20 Volts adjust, R3466. 



Crt Control Circuits 

The front panel FOCUS and internal Astig controls 
have been incorporated for arriving at an optimum crt 
display. The FOCUS potentiometer, R2110 provides the 
correct voltage for the second anode of the crt. Both the 
FOCUS and Astig controls are adjusted for optimum spot 
size and shape to provide the proper electro-static lens 
configuration in the crt. 



The Geom control, R1580, varies the positive level on 
the horizontal deflection plate shields to control the 
overall geometry of the display. 



The Trace Rotation control, R1585, adjusts the dc 
current through the beam rotation coil, L2156, to align the 
display with the horizontal graticule lines. 



Low Voltage Power Supplies 

The low voltage power supply circuit provides the 
operating power for the oscilloscope system. Electronic 
regulation is used, where necessary, to provide stable, 
low-ripple output voltages. 

Power is applied to the supply by means of the 
TRIGGERING SOURCE switch, after the instrument has 
been inserted into the mainframe. The instrument is on in 
all positions of this switch, except when in the STBY 
position. 



+20 V Supply 

The +20 V supply, besides providing power to circuitry 
throughout the instrument, is a reference voltage source 
to establish operating levels for the feedback regulators in 
the -20 V, +5 V and -5 V supplies. 



The +20 V supply consists of VR3465, Q3470, Q3476, 
Q3485, Q3484, Q3472, Q3488 and uses a series pass 
transistor in the mainframe. Current to the load is 
delivered by the series pass transistors. 



The +20 V is established by the drop across CR3466, 
R3462 and R3461 which is compared to the voltage drop 
across VR3465 and the emitter-base junction of Q3470. 
The feedback path is through Q3485 to the base of Q3472. 
Any variation in output voltage due to ripple, change of 
current through the load, etc. is immediately transmitted 



-20 V Supply 

The -20 V supply consists of Q3369, Q3475, Q3480, 
Q3372, Q3482, Q3375, Q3474 and a series pass mainframe 
transistor. The operation of this supply is very similar to 
the +20 V supply. The supply voltage is established by 
comparing the voltage at the mainframe transistoroutput, 
to the voltage drop across R3464 and the emitter-base 
junction of Q3369. The feedback path is through Q3480 to 
the base of Q3372 which drives the base of the mainframe 
transistor. Any variation in output voltage is sensed at the 
base of Q3372 and nullified, thus maintaining a steady 
output voltage. 



When the SOURCE switch is in the STBY position, the 
bases of Q3478 and Q3474 are at ground. This cuts off the 
+20 V and —20 V supplies, removing power from the 
instrument. 

+5 V Supply 

Power for the +5 V regulator is supplied from the 
mainframe +1 1 .5 V un-regulated supply. The regulator for 
the +5 V supply is composed of operational amplifier 
U2263 and the series pass transistor in the mainframe. The 
series pass transistor is driven by emitter follower Q2469. 
Feedback for the amplifier is through C2161 and R2163. 



The supply voltage is established by comparing the 
voltage at the negative input, pin 2 of U2263, with the 
+20 V reference at the positive input, pin 3. Any difference 
between the negative and positive inputs of U2263 causes 
a change in the conduction of the series pass transistor 
correcting the output error. 



For example, if +5 V goes to +6 V, pin 2 of U2263 goes 
more positive causing pin 6 of U2263 to go more negative. 
This reduces conduction in Q2469 which in turn reduces 
conduction in the series pass transistor, in the mainframe, 
causing the output voltage to drop back to +5 V. 



-5 V Supply 

Power for the -5 V regulator is supplied by the rectified 
17.5 V source from the mainframe. The regulator is 
composed of operational amplifier U2480 and a series 
pass transistor in the mainframe. The series pass tran- 
sistor is driven by the emitter follower, Q2382. Feedback 
for the amplifier is through R2483 and C2483. The circuit 
description is identical to the +5 V supply with the 
exception of the protection circuit composed of Q2476 



4-8 



Theory of Operation— SC 504 



and associated components. In normal operation, Q2476 
provides a current source but, if the +5 V supply becomes 
inoperative, Q2476 shuts down the -5 V supply. 




An overvoltage on the +5 Vline can damage VR2420 
and open F3478. 



Calibrator Circuit 

This circuitry produces a square-wave output with 
accurate amplitude at a 1 kHz frequency. The output is 
available at the front panel as a .6 V (ground to peak) 
square-wave voltage. 



This circuit is composed of Q1210 and Q1116 with 
associated components and is a free running emitter- 
coupled multivibrator. 



4-9 



Section 5— SC 504 



MAINTENANCE AND 
INTERFACING INFORMATION 



General system maintenance procedures are provided 
in the power module instruction manual; i.e., preventive 
maintenance, troubleshooting aids, parts removal and 
replacement procedures, parts ordering information, etc. 



Numbers in parentheses, in the following discussion, 
refer to mechanical parts referenced in Fig. 5-1. 



f. Disconnect the trace rotation coil from the F and I 
circuit board by removing the two pin connector. Remove 
the two crt vertical deflection pin leads. Unsnap the anode 
connector from the circuit board clip (6). Disconnect the 
crt end (male end) of the anode connector from the 
remainder of the connector. Momentarily touch the crt 
end of the anode connector to chassis ground to dis- 
charge any voltage. 



Crt Removal and Replacement 

The following procedure outlines the removal and 
replacement of the cathode-ray tube. 



WARNING 



Use care when handling the crt. Protective clothing 
and safety glasses should be worn. Avoid striking 
the crt on any object which might cause it to crack or 
implode. When storing a crt, place it in a protective 
carton. Set the crt face down in a protected location, 
on a smooth surface, with a soft mat underneath to 
protect the faceplate from scratches. 



1 . Crt Removal 

a. Remove the instrument side and top covers. 



b. Remove the implosion shield filter (2) and the 
implosion shield spring (1). 



c. Disconnect the FOCUS extension shaft (3) from the 
focus potentiometer. 



d. Loosen the black screw (4). Remove the three 
screws holding the rear panel bracket and remove the rear 
panel bracket. 



e. Remove the screw (5) holding the horizontal deflec- 
tion circuit board. Disconnect the two horizontal crt 
deflection pin leads. Lift the board straight up, disconnec- 
ting the square pins at the bottom. 



g. Remove the two screws (8) that secure the high 
voltage cover and remove the cover (7). Remove the eight 
screws (9) holding the rear panel (10) and remove the 
panel. 



h. Disconnect the crt socket (11); then remove the crt 
shield with the crt inside. Disconnect the delay line 
connectors as the tube is removed. 



2. Crt Replacement 

a. Install the front crt support spacer (12) into the rear 
bezel opening of the front subpanel (13). 



b. Install the crt in the crt shield; then install the 
assembly in the oscilloscopeandreconnectthe delay line. 
During installation, be careful not to bend the protruding 
connector pins. Place the crt shield (14) against the front 
crt support spacer. Push the crt into the front crt support. 
See Fig. 5-2. Connect the crt socket to the crt. Hold the crt 
assembly in position and install the rear panel with enough 
screws to hold the crt assembly in place. 



c. Insert two screws (8) to secure the high voltage 
cover and replace the remaining screws (9) to secure the 
rear panel. 



d. Connect the two crt vertical deflection pin leads to 
the F and I circuit board. 



e. Reconnect the anode connector to the connector 
and snap the anode connector into the circuit board clip 
(6). 



f. Reconnect the two pin connector from the trace 
rotation coil to the F and I circuit board. 



5-1 



Maintenance and Interfacing Information— SC 504 




2296-10 



Fig. 5-1. Cathode ray tube, circuit board and cam switch parts details. 



5-2 



Maintenance and Interfacing Information— SC 504 



CRT shield 




Front 
CRT support 



Bezel portion of 
front subpanel 



1878) 2296-11 



Fig. 5-2. Cross sectional view showing placement position of front 
crt support, crt shield and crt. 



g. Reinstall the Horizontal Deflection board. Connect 
the square pins to the bottom of the board. Reconnect the 
two horizontal crt deflection pin leads. Replace the screw 
that holds the board. 



h. Position the rear panel bracket and insert the three 
screws securing the bracket. Tighten the black screw. 

i. Reconnect the FOCUS extension shaft to the focus 
potentiometer. 



Circuit Board Removal and Replacement 

The following procedure outlines removal and installa- 
tion of the circuit boards. 



1. Circuit Board Removal 

a. Remove the crt using the crt removal procedure. 

b. Remove all of the front panel knobs except SLOPE, 
LEVEL, horizontal POSITION, vertical POSITION, and 
INTEN. 



c. Remove the two screws (15) which hold the circuit 
board assembly to the top rails. Remove the screw (16) 
and the stud post with knurled nut (17) and remove the 
bottom section frame (18). 

d. Disconnect from the circuit boards those connec- 
tors whose leads go to the front panel connectors or 
controls that still have knobs. Unsolder the leads at the 
three bnc type connectors. Remove the screw at the 
vertical bnc connector ground lugs. 

e. Slide the circuit board assembly away from the front 
panel until it is clear of the subpanel. 

f. Disconnect the plugged-together circuit board 
assembly as required. 

2. Circuit Board Installation 

a. Reverse the circuit board removal procedure; then 
follow the crt replacement procedure. 

Preamplifier Hybrid Substrates Removal and 
Replacement 

Instrument Covers and Bottom Frame Removal 

a. Using a blade type screwdriver, pry up the rear 
corner of each side cover and carefully pull the covers 
away from the guides. 



j. Install the implosion shield spring, with the spring 
ends down, in the groove between the bottom front bezel 
portion of the front subpanel. Install the implosion shield 
and filter into the front bezel portion of the front subpanel 
by compressing the spring and pushing into the groove. 



b. Remove the two pan head screws that secure the 
bottom cover and pull the cover forward. 

c. Remove the two pan head screws that attach the 
high voltage cover, pull up and remove the cover. 



k. Reinstall the instrument side and top covers. 



I. Replacing the crt requires partial instrument read- 
justment. Refer to Section 3, Adjustment Procedure, of 
this manual. 



d. Remove the ground stud located at the bottom right 
corner of the front panel, and the truss head screw at the 
bottom left corner of the front panel. Remove the rear hex 
screws with a hex type nut d river and pull the bottom frame 
away. 



5-3 



Maintenance and Interfacing Information— SC 504 

Hybrid Substrate Removal 

a. Remove the two truss head screws (19) securing the 
two rearmost spring clips (20) to the top of the cam switch. 



NOTE 

Press down on the cam switch plastic top plate when 
removing the spring clips to prevent the plate from 
separating from the switch bearings. 



b. Push the substrate away from the housing so that it 
just clears the top cover of the cam switch, but observe the 
following: the substrate circuitry is very delicate and must 
be handled with care. 




Do not touch the surface of the substrate— handle by 
the edges only. Protect the substrate from abrasion, 
dust, etc. 



b. Push the board (23) away from the housing and lift 
out the board. 



2. Vertical Switch Board Replacement 

a. Line up the pins with the sockets and set the board 
into position. 



b. Push the board pins into the sockets; then push the 
board against the top cover of the cam switch engaging 
the two plastic locating pins. 



c. Attach the spring clips and secure them to the top of 
the cam switch with the truss head screws. 

Attenuator Substrates Removal and Replacement 

1. Attenuator Substrate Removal 

a. Remove the three truss head screws holding the 
ground springs and remove the springs. 



c. Insert a blade-type screwdriver into the holes in the 
tabs (22) and gently pry upwards, using the sloping 
surfaces of the top plate as a fulcrum. 



d. Lift out the substrate. 



b. Unsolder the input resistor (56 O) that connects the 
front panel input connector to the substrate input pin. 



c. Unsolder the gate lead of Q1 445 for CH 1 (Q1335for 
CH 2) from the output pin on the substrate. 



Preamplifier Hybrid Substrate Replacement 

a. Set the substrate into position, pins lined up with the 
sockets. Check the front-to-back position of the substrate 
for proper alignment. If not aligned properly, remove the 
substrate and re-insert. 



b. Push the substrate into the sockets and then 
towards the switch so that the substrate seats against the 
top cover of the cam switch. 




Attempting to force the substrate back and forth 
while the pins are inserted may break the substrate. 

c. Attach the two spring clips to the top of the cam 
switch using the two truss head screws. 



Vertical Switch Boards Removal and Replacement 

1 . Vertical Switch Board Removal 

a. Remove the two truss head screws that secure the 
two f rontmost spring clips to the top of the cam switch and 
lift out the clips. 



d. Remove the three f rontmost pan head screws 
securing the spring clips to the top of the cam switch. 

NOTE 

Press down on the cam switch plastic top plate when 
removing the spring clip to prevent the plate from 
separating from the switch bearings. 

e. Push the substrate away from the housing, but do 
not touch the surface of the substrate— handle by the 
edges only. 



f. Lift out the substrate. 



2. Attenuator Substrate Replacement 

a. Set the substrate into position, pins lined up with the 
sockets. Check the front-to-back position of the substrate 
for proper alignment. If not aligned properly, remove the 
substrate and re-insert. 



b. Push the substrate into the sockets. Attempting to 
force the substrate back and forth while the pins are 
inserted may break the substrate. 



5-4 



@ 



Maintenance and Interfacing Information— SC 504 



c. Resolder the input resistor to the substrate input 



pin. 



d. Resolderthe gate lead ofQ1445forCH 1 (Q1335for 
CH 2) to the output pin of the substrate. 



e. Reinstall the ground springs. 



Cam Switch Contact Removal and Replacement 



NOTE 

If cam switch contacts are suspected of being 
intermittent, the following checks are recommended 
prior to replacement or cleaning. 



b. Push the contact assembly towards the switch drum 
while guiding the short, blunt plastic pins of the assembly 
into the top plate grooves of the cam switch. 



c. Push on the contact assembly until the pins snap 
into position. 



d. Rotate the cam switch to check for the proper 
alignment of the newly installed switch contact assembly. 



Cleaning Information 



WAR 



NING I 



Do not use freon or other strong cleaners on the 
elastomer switch assemblies. 



a. If there is evidence of elastomer contact contamina- 
tion, replace the switch hanger. 



Do not use cotton or other fiber type material to wipe 
the contacts and contact pads of the switch 
assemblies. 



b. If there is evidence of tears or cuts in elastomer, 
replace the switch hanger. 



c. Make certain elastomer contacts are properly 
seated in the cam follower. If not, carefully re-seat the 
elastomer contact. 



1. Assembled Cam and Attenuator 

a. Spray switch area with a 5% solution of Kelite 1 spray 
white using an equal amount of ammonia (non-sudsing, 
non-soapy type) and then rinse thoroughly by spraying 
with distilled water. 



1. Cam Switch Contact Removal (25) 

a. Remove the substrates to expose the switch con- 
tacts (refer to substrate removal steps). 



b. Insert a long nose tweezers between the contact 
assembly and the top cover of the cam switch. Push down 
and out on the contact assembly with the tweezers to 
disengage the top of the contact. 



b. Spray switch area with isopropyl alcohol and let set 
for 10 seconds. 



c. Blow with compressed air while rotating the switch 
through all positions. 



NOTE 
Cam switch contacts do not require lubrication. 



c. Lift the contact assembly out. 




To prevent contamination, do not touch the switch 
contacts. 



2. Cam Switch Contact Replacement 

a. Grasp the contact assembly with the tweezers and 
set the long, pointed plastic pins of the assembly into the 
two holes, located on the etched circuit board. 



2. Disassembled Cam and Attenuator 

Clean substrates with a freon based non-detergent 
cleaner. 



3. Switch Hanger 

Thoroughly rinse the switch hanger with isopropyl 
alcohol and allow to dry. 



Allied-Kelite Products Division of the Richardson Co.; Los 
Angeles, Calif. 



REV. A MAR 1978 



5-5 



Maintenance and Interfacing Information— SC 504 



Using the Rear Interface 

The tabbed foldout pages labled Waveforms and Rear 
Board Connections, Fig. 8-2 and Fig. 8-3 refer to the 
following information: 



Interface Trigger In 

An interface input signal can be connected to the input 
of the trigger pickoff circuitry via interface contact 15B. 
The input impedance is 50 O when selected (25 fi when 
not selected). This is accomplished by rotating the 
TRIGGERING SOURCE switch to the INT position. 



External Z-Axis In 

An external Z-axis input signal can be applied to 
contact 24A (center coaxial conductor) and 23A (ground) 
to turn the crt beam on or off. A +5 V signal will unblank 
the crt beam; a —5 V signal will blank the crt beam. The 
input resistance is 1.5 kO. 



Ramp Out 

Interface contact 18A supplies a V to +10 V positive- 
going ramp that is coincident with the sweep. The load 
connected to contact 18A must have an input resistance 
greater than 100 kf). The output resistance is ap- 
proximately 500 n. 



Triggered Gate Out and Triggered Gate Out 

The signal at contact 26B is a positive-going waveform, 
while the contact 25B signal is negative-going. Both 
signals are coincident with the gate waveform and can be 
used for sweep generator control. Signals at contacts 26B 
and 25B are designed to drive a 100 O side-to-side 
terminated line with an ECL receiver. The ECL line driver 
operates between +5 V and ground and its outputs, to 
contacts 26B and 25B, are protected with 47 O. resistors. 



Gate Select In 



Grounding contact 24B through 1 kfi or less blocks the 
gate waveform from the trigger generator and allows an 
external gate, via contacts 23B and 22B, to control the 
sweep generator. 



Channel 1 Trigger Out 

This signal is electrically tied with the channel 2 vertical 
input signal via a coaxial jumper cable. Switch the DC- 
GND-AC-INT DC switch to INT DC. Interface contact 28B 
furnishes a portion of thechannel 1 vertical signal which is 
also supplied to the trigger circuitry. The signal amplitude 
is at least (50 mV)/division of crt display referenced to V 
when driving a 50 fi load. 



External Gate In and External Gate In 

The input signal to contacts 23B and 22B drives a 100 O. 
terminated line with an ECL receiver. The signal at contact 
22B must be a negative-going waveform while the 
positive-going signal is applied to contact 23B. The ECL 
receiver is run between +5 V and ground. 



Channel 2 Vertical In 

To use this feature, the coaxial jumper cable (tied with 
the channel 1 trigger out) must be disconnected. A vertical 
input signal, from an input impedance of 50 O., can be 
connected to the input of the channel 2 vertical amplifier, 
via interface contact 16A by switching the DC-GND-AC- 
INT DC switch to INT DC. 



Holdoff Out and Holdoff Out 

The signal at contact 20B is a positive-going waveform 
while contact 21 B is negative-going. Both signals are 
coincident with the holdoff signal from the sweep 
generator. Contact 21 B and 20B signals are designed to 
drive a 100 O. side-to-side terminated line with an ECL 
receiver. The ECL line driver operates between +5 V and 
ground, and its outputs, to contacts 21 B and 20B are 
protected with 47 O resistors. 



Channel 1 Vertical In 

A vertical input signal can be connected to the input of 
the channel 1 vertical amplifier via interface contact 14A, 
by switching the DC-GND-AC-INT DC switch to INT DC. 
The input impedance is 50 O. 



Intensify In 

The signal to contact 19B is an ECL input and operates 
between a low (<3.4 V) which intensifies or a high 
(5=4.0 V) which does not intensify. The ECL circuit 
operates between +5 V and ground. The input resistance 
is1.5kO. 



5-6 



REV. A MAR 1978 



Maintenance and Interfacing Information— SC 504 



Sweep A Gate Out 

This positive-going gating signal is applied to connec- 
tor 26A (ground reference at contact 25A). The active level 
is less than .5 volt through 1 kQ during the sweep and +5 
volts through 6 kfi otherwise. 



Repackaging Information 

If the Tektronix instrument is to be shipped to a 
Tektronix Service Center for service or repair, attach a tag 
showing: owner (with address) and the name of an 
individual at your firm that can be contacted. Include 
complete instrument serial number and a description of 
the service required. 



Reset In 

An external ground can be applied to contact 21A to 
reset the gate generator in the single-sweep mode. 



Ready Light Out 



When the gate generator is reset (through contact 21 A), 
an arming signal is applied to contact 20A and can be used 
at the operator's discretion. 5 volts is available for use with 
the Remote Ready Light. 



Save and re-use the package in which your instrument 
was shipped. If the original packaging is unfit for use or 
not available, repackage the instrument as follows: 

Surround the instrument with polyethylene sheeting to 
protect the finish of the instrument. Obtain a carton of 
corrugated cardboard of the correct carton strength 
and having inside dimensions of no less than six inches 
more than the instrument dimensions. Cushion the 
instrument by tightly packing three inches of dunnage 
or urethane foam between carton and instrument, on all 
sides. Seal carton with shipping tape or industrial 
stapler. 



+5 Volts 

Available at contact 19A. 



The carton test strength for your instrument is 200 
pounds. 



REV. A MAR 1978 



5-7 



Section 6— SC 504 



OPTIONS 



None available at this time. 



@ 6-1 



Section 7— SC 504 



REPLACEABLE 
ELECTRICAL PARTS 

PARTS ORDERING INFORMATION 



Replacement parts are available from or through your local Tektronix, Inc. Field Office 
or representative. 

Changes to Tektronix instruments are sometimes made to accommodate improved 
components as they become available, and to give you the benefit of the latest circuit 
improvements developed in our engineering department. It is therefore important, when 
ordering parts, to include the following information in your order: Part number, instrument 
type or number, serial number, and modification number if applicable. 

If a part you have ordered has been replaced with a new or improved part, your local 
Tektronix, Inc. Field Office or representative will contact you concerning any change in part 
number. 

Change information, if any, is located at the rear of this manual. 



SPECIAL NOTES AND SYMBOLS 

X0O0 Part first added at this serial number 
00X Part removed after this serial number 

ITEM NAME 

In the Parts List, an Item Name is separated from the description by a colon (:). 
Because of space limitations, an Item Name may sometimes appear as incomplete. For 
further Item Name identification, the U.S. Federal Cataloging Handbook H6-1 can be 
utilized where possible. 

ABBREVIATIONS 



ACTR 


ACTUATOR 


PLSTC 


PLASTIC 


ASSY 


ASSEMBLY 


QTZ 


QUARTZ 


CAP 


CAPACITOR 


RECP 


RECEPTACLE 


CER 


CERAMIC 


RES 


RESISTOR 


CKT 


CIRCUIT 


RF 


RADIO FREQUENCY 


COMP 


COMPOSITION 


SEL 


SELECTED 


CONN 


CONNECTOR 


SEMICOND 


SEMICONDUCTOR 


ELCTLT 


ELECTROLYTIC 


SENS 


SENSITIVE 


ELEC 


ELECTRICAL 


VAR 


VARIABLE 


INCAND 


INCANDESCENT 


WW 


WIREWOUND 


LED 


LIGHT EMITTING DIODE 


XFMR 


TRANSFORMER 


NONWIR 


NON WIREWOUND 


XTAL 


CRYSTAL 



7-1 



Replaceable Electrical Parts— SC 504 



CROSS INDEX-MFR. CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER 



Mfr. Code 



Manufacturer 



Address 



City, State, Zip 



00853 SANGAMO ELECTRIC CO., S. CAROLINA DIV. 
01121 ALLEN-BRADLEY COMPANY 

01295 TEXAS INSTRUMENTS, INC., SEMICONDUCTOR 
GROUP 

02111 SPECTROL ELECTRONICS CORPORATION 

04713 MOTOROLA, INC., SEMICONDUCTOR PROD. DIV. 

05091 TRI-ORDINATE CORPORATION 

07263 FAIRCHILD SEMICONDUCTOR, A DIV. OF 

FAIRCHILD CAMERA AND INSTRUMENT CORP. 
07910 TELEDYNE SEMICONDUCTOR 
12697 CLAROSTAT MFG. CO. , INC. 
12969 UNITRODE CORPORATION 
14099 SEMTECH CORP. 
15454 RODAN INDUSTRIES, INC. 
16546 U.S. CAPACITOR CORP/CENTRALAB 

ELECTRONICS DIV. 
19396 IILINOIS TOOL WORKS, INC. PAKTRON DIV. 
19701 ELECTRA-MIDLAND CORP., MEPCO ELECTRA INC, 
32997 BOURNS, INC., TRIMPOT PRODUCTS DIV. 
50157 N. L. INDUSTRIES, INC., ELECTRONICS 

DEPT. 
51642 CENTRE ENGINEERING INC. 
53184 XCITON CORPORATION 
53944 ELT INC., GLOW LITE DIVISION 
56289 SPRAGUE ELECTRIC CO. 
71400 BUSSMAN MFG. , DIVISION OF MCGRAW- 

EDISON CO. 
71590 CENTRALAB ELECTRONICS, DIV. OF 

GLOBE-UNION, INC. 
72982 ERIE TECHNOLOGICAL PRODUCTS, INC. 
73138 BECKMAN INSTRUMENTS, INC., HELIPOT DIV. 
73899 JFD ELECTRONICS COMPONENTS CORP. 
75042 TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS, IRC FIXED 

RESISTORS, PHILADELPHIA DIVISION 
76493 BELL INDUSTRIES, INC., 

MILLER, J. W., DIV. 
80009 TEKTRONIX, INC. 

80031 ELECTRA-MIDLAND CORP., MEPCO DIV. 
80740 BECKMAN INSTRUMENTS, INC. 
82389 SWITCHCRAFT, INC. 
90201 MALLORY CAPACITOR CO., DIV. OF 

P.R. MALLORY AND CO., INC. 

91637 DALE ELECTRONICS, INC. 



P O BOX 128 

1201 2ND STREET SOUTH 

P O BOX 5012, 13500 N CENTRAL 

EXPRESSWAY 

17070 EAST GALE AVENUE 

5005 E MCDOWELL RD,PO BOX 20923 

343 SNYDER AVENUE 

464 ELLIS STREET 
12515 CHADRON AVE. 
LOWER WASHINGTON STREET 
580 PLEASANT STREET 
652 MITCHELL RD. 
2905 BLUE STAR ST. 

4561 COLORADO 

900 FOLLIN LANE, SE 

P BOX 760 

1200 COLUMBIA AVE. 

P. O. BOX 787 
2820 E COLLEGE AVENUE 
5 HEMLOCK STREET 
BOX 698 



2536 W. UNIVERSITY ST. 

P O BOX 858 
644 W. 12TH ST. 
2500 HARBOR BLVD. 
PINETREE ROAD 

401 N. BROAD ST. 

19070 REYES AVE., P BOX 5825 

P BOX 500 

22 COLUMBIA ROAD 

2500 HARBOR BLVD. 

5555 N. ELSTON AVE. 

3029 E WASHINGTON STREET 
P BOX 372 
P. 0. BOX 609 



PICKENS, SC 29671 
MILWAUKEE, WI 53204 



DALLAS, TX 75222 
CITY OF INDUSTRY, CA 91745 
PHOENIX, A2 85036 
BERKELEY HEIGHTS, NJ 07922 

MOUNTAIN VIEW, CA 94042 
HAWTHORNE, CA 90250 
DOVER, NH 03820 
WATERTOWN, MA 02172 
NEWBURY PARK, CA 91320 
ANAHEIM, CA 92806 

LOS ANGELES, CA 90039 
VIENNA, VA 22180 
MINERAL WELLS, TX 76067 
RIVERSIDE, CA 92507 

MUSKEGON, MI 49445 
STATE COLLEGE, PA 16801 
LATHAM, NY 12110 
PAULS VALLEY, OK 73075 
NORTH ADAMS, MA 01247 

ST. LOUIS, MO 63107 

FORT DODGE, IA 50501 
ERIE, PA 16512 
FULLERTON, CA 92634 
OXFORD, NC 27565 

PHILADELPHIA, PA 19108 

COMPTON, CA 90224 
BEAVERTON, OR 97077 
MORRISTOWN, NJ 07960 
FULLERTON, CA 92634 
CHICAGO, IL 60630 



INDIANAPOLIS, IN 46206 
COLUMBUS, NE 68601 



7-2 



Replaceable Electrical Parts— SC 504 



Ckt No. 



Tektronix Serial/Model No. 
Part No. Eff Dscont 



Name & Description 



Mfr 
Code 



Mfr Part Number 



Al 


670-5109-00 


A2 


670-5110-00 


A3 


670-5111-00 


A4 


670-5112-00 


A5 


670-5113-00 


A6 


670-5114-00 


A7 


670-5115-00 


A9 


670-5116-00 


C116 


281-0788-00 


C211 


283-0331-00 


C213 


281-0222-00 


C217 


283-0000-00 


C221 


283-0331-00 


C223 


281-0222-00 


C231 


283-0168-00 


C233 


281-0222-00 


C235 


281-0557-00 


C240 


281-0659-00 


C241 


283-0414-00 


C1116 


281-0788-00 


C1117 


290-0580-00 


C1140 1 


285-0752-00 


C1141 


290-0522-00 


C1142 


290-0512-00 


C1150 1 


285-0753-01 


C1151 


290-0522-00 


C1219 


290-0283-00 


C1220 


281-0772-00 


C1233 


281-0814-00 


C1238 


281-0207-00 


C1240 


283-0706-00 


C1241 


281-0792-00 


C1242 


281-0773-00 


C1250 


281-0762-00 


C1270 


290-0164-00 


C1271 


290-0766-00 


C1272 


281-0791-00 


C1273 


290-0522-00 


C1282 


290-0534-00 


C1283 


283-0178-00 


C1285 


283-0348-00 


C1286 


281-0773-00 


C1288 


283-0167-00 


C1290 


283-0167-00 


C1292 


283-0044-00 


C1310 


281-0773-00 


C1311 


281-0773-00 


C1320 


281-0773-00 


C1330 


281-0214-00 


C1340 


290-0580-00 


C1341 


281-0772-00 


C1345 


281-0809-00 


C1349 


281-0207-00 



CKT BOARD ASSY :MAIN 

CKT BOARD ASSY :FOCUS AND INTENSITY 

CKT BOARD ASSY :TRIGGER 

CKT BOARD ASSY :HORIZONTAL DEFL 

CKT BOARD ASSY :HIGH VOLTAGE 

CKT BOARD ASSY : INTERFACE 

CKT BOARD ASSY:TRIGGER SWITCH 

CKT BOARD ASSY :VERTICAL SWITCH 

CAP.,FXD,CER DI:470PF,10%,100V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:43PF,2%,100V 
CAP.,VAR,CER DI:1-6.5PF,400V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.001DF, +100-0%, 500V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:43PF,2%,100V 

CAP.,VAR,CER DI: 1-6. 5PF, 400V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:12PF,5%,100V 
CAP.,VAR,CER DI:1-6.5PF,400V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:1.8PF,10%,500V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:4.3PF,+/-0.25PF,500V 

CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.022UF,20%,500V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:470PF,10%,100V 
CAP. ,FXD,ELCTLT:0.27UF,20%,50V 
CAP. ,FXD,PLASTIC:1UF,3.5%,50V 
CAP. , FXD, ELCTLT :1UF, 20%, 50V 

CAP . , FXD , ELCTLT : 2 2UF , 2 0% , 15V 
CAP. ,FXD,PLASTIC:01UF,100V 
CAP. , FXD, ELCTLT :1UF, 20%, 50V 
CAP. ,FXD,ELCTLT:0.47UF,10%,35V 
CAP. ,FXD,CER DI:0.0047UF,10%,100V 

CAP. ,FXD,CER DI:100PF 10%,100V 
CAP. ,VAR,PLSTC:2-18PF,100V 
CAP. , FXD, MICA D:91PF,+/-1PF,500V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:82PF,10%,100V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 

CAP.,FXD,CER DI:27PF,20%,100V 
CAP. , FXD, ELCTLT:1UF, +50-10%, 150V 
CAP., FXD, ELCTLT :2.20F, +50-10%, 160V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:270PF,10%,lOOV 
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:1UF,20%,50V 

CAP . , FXD , ELCTLT : 1UT , 2 0% , 3 5V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF, +80-20%, 100V 
CAP. ,FXD,CER DI:0.5PF,+/-0.1PF,100V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,10%,100V 

CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.lnF,10%,100V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.001UF, 3000V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 

CAP.,VAR,CER DI:0.5-3PF,400V 
CAP. ,FXD,ELCTLT:0.27UF,2O%,50V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.0047UF,10%,100V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:200PF,5%,100V 
CAP. ,VAR,PLSTC:2-18PF,100V 



80009 670-5109-00 

80009 670-5110-00 

80009 670-5111-00 

80009 670-5112-00 

80009 670-5113-00 

80009 670-5114-00 

80009 670-5115-00 

80009 670-0116-00 

72982 8005H9AADW5R471K 

72982 805-505A430G 

80031 2222-801-96135 

72982 831-516E102P 

72982 805-505A430G 

80031 2222-801-96135 

72982 8111-100C0G0120J 

80031 2222-801-96135 

72982 301-00OC0K0189B 

72982 301-00OC0H0439C 

72982 8131-500X7R223M 

72982 8005H9AADW5R471K 

56289 196D274X0050HA1 

80009 285-0752-00 

56289 196D105X0050HA1 

56289 196D226X0015KA1 

80009 285-0753-01 

56289 196D105X0050HA1 

56289 162D474X9035BC2 

72982 8005H9AADW5R472K 

72982 8005A9AADC1G101K 

80031 HT10EA/218 

00853 D15-5E910F0 

72982 390049X5P0820K 

72982 8005H9AADW5R103K 

72982 390-049X5P0270M 

56289 30D105F15OBA2 

56289 502D232 

80009 281-0791-00 

56289 196D105X0050HA1 

56289 196D105X0035HA1 

72982 8131N145 E 104Z 

51642 100-1OO-NP0-508B 

72982 8005H9AADW5R103K 

72982 8131N147 C 104K 

72982 8131N147 C 104K 

72982 3903BW002Y5S102M 

72982 8005H9AADW5R103K 

72982 8005H9AADW5R103K 

72982 8005H9AADW5R103K 

80031 2222-801-96138 

56289 196D274X0050HA1 

72982 8005H9AADW5R472K 

72982 8005A2AADC1G201J 

80031 HT10EA/218 



Available as a matched set, part number 295-0138-00. The letter suffix and the tolerance should 
be the same for all of the timing capacitors in the assembly. 



7-3 



Replaceable Electrical Parts— SC 504 



Tektronix Serial/ Model No. 
Ckt No. Part No. Eff Dscont 



Name & Description 



Mfr 
Code 



Mfr Part Number 



C1355 


290-0534-00 


C1357 


290-0534-00 


C1370 


283-0084-00 


C1372 


283-0178-00 


C1373 


281-0549-00 


C1374 


283-0167-00 


C1380 


283-0032-00 


C1385 


290-0272-00 


C1390 


283-0044-00 


C1391 


283-0263-00 


C1392 


283-0128-00 


C1395 


281-0773-00 


CI 3 96 


290-0272-00 


C1399 


281-0773-00 


C1410 


281-0773-00 


C1411 


281-0773-00 


C1420 


281-0773-00 


C1425 


283-0154-00 


C1429 


281-0773-00 


C1430 


281-0214-00 


C1445 


281-0772-00 


C1447 


281-0207-00 


C1457 


281-0759-00 


C1459 


281-0773-00 


C1488 


283-0043-00 


C1489 


283-0043-00 


C1525 


283-0168-00 


C1527 


281-0140-00 


C1530 


281-0773-00 


C1540 


290-0580-00 


C1547 


281-0809-00 


C1556 


290-0534-00 


C1558 


290-0534-00 


C1570 


290-0526-00 


C1575 


285-1099-00 


C2125 


281-0773-00 


C2133 


281-0773-00 


C2137 


290-0283-00 


C2145 


281-0773-00 


C2161 


281-0792-00 


C2166 


290-0512-00 


C2183 


283-0032-00 


C2221 


281-0773-00 


C2233 


281-0773-00 


C2236 


281-0773-00 


C2257 


290-0534-00 


C2313 


281-0207-00 


C2314 


283-0326-00 


C2320 


281-0773-00 


C2321 


281-0158-00 


C2325 


281-0809-00 


C2330 


281-0618-00 


C2333 


281-0773-00 



CAP. ,FXD,ELCTLT:1UF,20%,35V 
CAP. ,FXD,ELCTLT:1UF,20%,35V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:270PF,5%,1000V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF, +80-20%, 100V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:68PF,10%,500V 

CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,10%,100V 
CAP. ,FXD,CER DI:470PF,5%,500V 
CAP. ,FXD,ELCTLT:47UF,20%,50V 
CAP. ,FXD,CER DI:0.001UF, 3000V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.0022UF, 20%, 3000V 

CAP.,FXD,CER DI:100PF,5%,500V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 
CAP. ,FXD,ELCTLT:47UF,20%,50V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 

CAP. ,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 
CAP. ,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:22PF,5%,50V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 
CAP.,VAR,CER DI:0.5-3PF,400V 

CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.0047UF,10%,100V 
CAP. ,VAR,PLSTC:2-18PF,100V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:22PF,10%,100V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 
CAP. ,FXD,CER DI:0.0068UF, 3000V 

CAP. ,FXD,CER DI:0.0068UF, 3000V 
CAP. ,FXD,CER DI:12PF,5%,100V 
CAP.,VAR,CER DI:5-25PF,100V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 
CAP. ,FXD,ELCTLT:0.27UF,20%,50V 

CAP. ,FXD,CER DI:200PF,5%,100V 
CAP. ,FXD,ELCTLT:1UF,20%,35V 
CAP. ,FXD,ELCTLT :1UF, 20% , 35V 
CAP. ,FXD,ELCTLT:6.8UF,20%,6V 
CAP. ,FXD,PLSTC:0.047UF,20%,200V 

CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 
CAP. ,FXD,ELCTLT:0.47UF,10%,35V 
CAP. ,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 
CAP. ,FXD,CER DI:82PF,10%,100V 

CAP. ,FXD,ELCTLT:22UF,20%,15V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:470PF,5%,500V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 

CAP. ,FXD,ELCTLT:1UF,20%,35V 
CAP. ,VAR,PLSTC:2-18PF,100V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.082UF,10%,50V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 
CAP.,VAR,CER D1:7-45PF,50V 

CAP.,FXD,CER DI:200PF,5%,100V 

CAP. ,FXD,CER DI:4.7PF,+/-0.5PF,200V 

CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 



56289 196D105X0035HA1 

56289 196D105X0035HA1 

72982 838-533B271J 

72982 8131N145 E 104Z 

72982 3O1-OO0U2J0680K 

72982 8131N147 C 104K 

72982 831-5O0Z5D471J 

56289 109D476X0050F2 

72982 3903BW002Y5S102M 

56289 33C319 

72982 871-536T2H101J 

72982 8005H9AADW5R103K 

56289 196DA76X0050F2 

72982 8005H9AADW5R103K 

72982 8005H9AADW5R103K 

72982 8005H9AADW5R103K 

72982 8005H9AADW5R103K 

72982 8111B061C0G220J 

72982 8005H9AADW5R103K 

80031 2222-801-96138 

72982 8005H9AADW5R472K 

80031 HT10EA/218 

72982 390-049X5P0220K 

72982 8005H9AADW5R103K 

56289 41C186A 

56289 41C186A 

72982 8111-100C0G0120J 

72982 518-002A5-25 

72982 8005H9AADW5R103K 

56289 196D274X0050HA1 

72982 8005A2AADC1G201J 

56289 196D105X0035HA1 

56289 196D105X0035HA1 

90201 TDC685M006EL 

19396 473M02PT605 

72982 8005H9AADW5R103K 

72982 8005H9AADW5R103K 

56289 162D474X9035BC2 

72982 8005H9AADW5R103K 

72982 390049X5P0820K 

56289 196D226X0015KA1 

72982 831-500Z5D471J 

72982 8005H9AADW5R103K 

72982 8005H9AADW5R103K 

72982 8005H9AADW5R103K 

56289 196D105X0035HA1 

80031 HT10EA/218 

16546 CW20C823K 

72982 8005H9AADW5R103K 

73899 DVJ-5006 

72982 8005A2AADC1G201J 

72982 374-001COH0479D 

72982 8005H9AADW5R103K 



7-4 



Replaceable Electrical Parts— SC 504 



Ckt No. 



Tektronix Serial/Model No. 
Part No. Eff Dscont 



Name & Description 



Mfr 
Code 



Mfr Part Number 



C2335 


281-0775-00 


C2341 


281-0158-00 


C2343 


281-0158-00 


C2410 


281-0814-00 


C2411 


281-0814-00 


C2412 


281-0772-00 


C2414 


290-0283-00 


C2420 


290-0724-00 


C2422 


290-0512-00 


C2430 


281-0773-00 


C2448 


290-0512-00 


C2450 


290-0512-00 


C2483 


281-0785-00 


C3129 


290-0512-00 


C3130 


290-0534-00 


C3139 


290-0512-00 


C3140 


290-0534-00 


C3142 


281-0773-00 


C3155 


290-0512-00 


C3163 


281-0773-00 


C3164 


290-0523-00 


C3165 


281-0775-00 


C3166 


281-0786-00 


C3176 


290-0512-00 


C3182 


281-0759-00 


C3189 


290-0512-00 


C3210 


283-0076-00 


C3212 


283-0600-00 


C3228 


290-0512-00 


C3229 


290-0512-00 


C3232 


290-0512-00 


C3240 


281-0773-00 


C3242 


290-0512-00 


C3243 


281-0763-00 


C3245 


290-0512-00 


C3280 


281-0773-00 


C3282 


290-0512-00 


C3290 


283-0003-00 


C3322 


281-0601-00 


C3330 


281-0773-00 


C3332 


290-0512-00 


C3360 


290-0714-00 


C3365 


290-0525-00 


C3374 


281-0786-00 


C3376 


281-0759-00 


C3464 


290-0525-00 


C3465 


281-0788-00 


C3468 


281-0791-00 


C3473 


281-0786-00 


C3478 


281-0792-00 


C3489 


281-0792-00 


C3510 


283-0002-00 


C3511 


283-0103-00 



CAP. 
CAP. 
CAP. 
CAP. 
CAP. 

CAP. 
CAP. 
CAP. 
CAP. 
CAP. 

CAP. 
CAP. 
CAP. 
CAP. 
CAP. 

CAP. 
CAP. 
CAP. 
CAP. 
CAP. 

CAP. 
CAP. 
CAP. 
CAP. 

CAP. 

CAP. 
CAP. 
CAP. 
CAP. 

CAP. 

CAP. 
CAP. 
CAP. 
CAP. 
CAP. 

CAP. 
CAP. 
CAP. 
CAP. 
CAP. 

CAP. 
CAP. 
CAP. 
CAP. 
CAP. 

CAP. 
CAP. 
CAP. 
CAP. 
CAP. 

CAP. 
CAP. 
CAP. 



FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 
VAR,CER D1:7-45PF,50V 
VAR,CER D1:7-45PF,50V 
FXD,CER DI:100PF,10%,100V 
FXD,CER DI:100PF,10%,100V 

FXD,CER DI:0.0047UF,10%,100V 
FXD,ELCTLT : 0. 47UF , 10% , 35V 
FXD , ELCTLT : 3 3 0DF , 2 0% , 6V 
FXD ,ELCTLT : 220F , 20% , 15V 
FXD,CER DI:0.010F,10%,100V 

FXD , ELCTLT : 2 20F , 2 0% , 1 5V 
FXD, ELCTLT :22UF, 20%, 15V 
FXD,CER DI:68PF,10%,100V 
FXD, ELCTLT :220F, 20%, 15V 
FXD, ELCTLT :1UF, 20% , 35V 

FXD, ELCTLT :22UF, 20%, 15V 
FXD , ELCTLT : 1UF , 2 0% , 3 5V 
FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 
FXD, ELCTLT :220F, 20%, 15V 
FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 

FXD, ELCTLT :2.2UF, 20%, 20V 
FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 
FXD,CER DI:150PF,10%,100V 
FXD , ELCTLT : 2 2UF , 2 0% , 15V 
FXD.CER DI:22PF,10%,100V 

FXD , ELCTLT : 2 2UF , 2 0% , 15V 
FXD.CER DI:27PF,10%,500V 
FXD, MICA D:43PF,5%,500V 
FXD, ELCTLT : 2 2UF , 20% , 15V 
FXD , ELCTLT : 2 2UF , 2 0% , 15V 

FXD , ELCTLT : 2 2UF , 2 0% , 15V 
FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 
FXD , ELCTLT : 2 2UF , 2 0% , 15V 
FXD,CER DI:47PF,10%,100V 
FXD , ELCTLT : 2 2UF , 2 0% , 15V 

FXD,CER DI:0.01UF, 10% ,100V 
FXD , ELCTLT : 2 2DF , 2 0% , 15V 
FXD,CER DI:0.01UF, +80-20%, 150V 
FXD,CER DI:7.5PF,500V 
FXD,CER DI:0.010F,10%,100V 

FXD, ELCTLT : 2 2UF , 20% , 15V 
FXD, ELCTLT :2000UF, +7 5-10%, 40V 
FXD, ELCTLT :4.7UF, 20%, 50V 
FXD,CER DI:150PF,10%,100V 
FXD,CER DI:22PF,10%,100V 

FXD, ELCTLT :4 . 7UF , 20% , 50V 
FXD,CER DI:470PF,10%,100V 
FXD,CER DI:270PF,10%,100V 
FXD,CER DI:150PF,10%,100V 
FXD,CER DI:82PF,10%,100V 

FXD,CER DI:82PF,10%,100V 
FXD,CER DI:0.01UF, +80-20%, 500V 
FXD,CER DI:180PF,5%,500V 



72982 8005D9AABZ5U104M 

73899 DVJ-5006 

73899 DVJ-5006 

72982 8005A9AADC1G101K 

72982 8005A9AADC1G101K 

72982 8005H9AADW5R472K 

56289 162D474X9035BC2 

90201 TDC337M006WSH 

56289 196D226X0015KA1 

72982 8005H9AADW5R103K 

56289 196D226X0015KA1 

56289 196D226X0015KA1 

72982 390049X5P0680K 

56289 196D226X0015KA1 

56289 196D105X0035HA1 

56289 196D226X0015KA1 

56289 196D105X0035HA1 

72982 8005H9AADW5R103K 

56289 196D226X0015KA1 

72982 8005H9AADW5R103K 

56289 196D225X0020HA1 

72982 8005D9AABZ5U104M 

72982 390049X5P0151K 

56289 196D226X0015KA1 

72982 390-049X5P0220K 

56289 196D226X0015KA1 

56289 40C287A2 

00853 D105E430J0 

56289 196D226X0015KA1 

56289 196D226X0015KA1 

56289 196D226X0015KA1 

72982 8005H9AADW5R103K 

56289 196D226X0015KA1 

72982 390049X5P0470K 

56289 196D226X0015KA1 

72982 8005H9AADW5R103K 

56289 196D226X0015KA1 

72982 855-558Z5U-103Z 

72982 301-000C0H0759D 

72982 8005H9AADW5R103K 

56289 196D226X0015KA1 

56289 39D641 

56289 196D475X0050KA1 

72982 390049X5P0151K 

72982 390-049X5P0220K 

56289 196D475X0050KA1 

72982 8005H9AADW5R471K 

80009 281-0791-00 

72982 390049X5P0151K 

72982 390049X5P0820K 

72982 390049X5P0820K 

72982 811-546E103Z 

56289 40C638 



7-5 



Replaceable Electrical Parts— SC 504 



Tektronix Serial /Model No. 
CktNo. Part No. Eff Dscont 



Name & Description 



Mfr 
Code 



Mfr Part Number 



C3520 


290-0512-00 


C3521 


281-0759-00 


C3525 


290-0512-00 


C3526 


281-0763-00 


C4118 


290-0572-00 


C4122 


281-0773-00 


C4124 


281-0773-00 


C4129 


281-0611-00 


C4130 


281-0773-00 


C4131 


281-0217-00 


C4135 


281-0773-00 


C4140 


281-0217-00 


C4142 


281-0611-00 


C4144 


281-0773-00 


C4146 


281-0773-00 


C4212 


283-0178-00 


C4232 


290-0534-00 


C4233 


281-0773-00 


C4236 


290-0572-00 


C4240 


281-0773-00 


C4245 


281-0773-00 


C4247 


281-0773-00 


C4310 


290-0534-00 


C4312 


290-0534-00 


C4323 


290-0534-00 


C4347 


281-0791-00 


CR1110 


152-0141-02 


CR1140 


152-0141-02 


CR1150 


152-0141-02 


CR1218 


152-0141-02 


CR1242 


152-0141-02 


CR1246 


152-0141-02 


CR1247 


152-0141-02 


CR1252 


152-0141-02 


CR1280 


152-0141-02 


CR1281 


152-0141-02 


CR1296 


152-0574-00 


CR1297 


152-0574-00 


CR1330 


152-0246-00 


CR1370 


152-0061-00 


CR1371 


152-0061-00 


CR1372 


152-0141-02 


CR1373 


152-0141-02 


CR1374 


152-0141-02 


CR1380 


152-0141-02 


CR1383 


152-0398-00 


CR1384 


152-0141-02 


CR1390 


152-0061-00 


CR1430 


152-0246-00 


CR1457 


152-0141-02 


CR1464 


152-0141-02 


CR1466 


152-0141-02 



CAP. ,FXD,ELCTLT:22UF,20%,15V 
CAP. ,FXD,CER DI:22PF,10%,100V 
CAP. ,FXD,ELCTLT:22UF,20%,15V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:47PF,10%,100V 
CAP . , FXD , ELCTLT : . 1UF , 2 0% , 50V 

CAP. ,FXD,CER DI:0.010F,10%,100V 
CAP. ,FXD,CER DIsO.OlUF, 10% ,100V 
CAP. ,FXD,CER DI:2.7PF,+/-0.25PF,200V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 
CAP.,VAR,CER DI :0. 5-3. 5PF, 400V 

CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 
CAP.,VAR,CER DI:0. 5-3. 5PF, 400V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:2.7PF,+/-0.25PF,200V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 

CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF, +80-20%, 100V 
CAP. ,FXD,ELCTLT:1UF,20%,35V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 
CAP. ,FXD,ELCTLT:0.1UF,20%,50V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 

CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 
CAP. ,FXD,CER DI:0.01DF,10%,100V 
CAP. , FXD, ELCTLT : 1UF , 20% , 35V 
CAP . , FXD , ELCTLT : 1UF , 2 0% , 3 5V 
CAP. ,FXD,ELCTLT:1UF,20%,35V 

CAP.,FXD,CER DI:270PF,10%,100V 



SEMICOND DEVICE 
SEMICOND DEVICE 
SEMICOND DEVICE 
SEMICOND DEVICE 
SEMICOND DEVICE 

SEMICOND DEVICE 
SEMICOND DEVICE 
SEMICOND DEVICE 
SEMICOND DEVICE 
SEMICOND DEVICE 



: S ILICON , 3 OV , 150MA 
: SILICON , 30V, 150MA 
:SILICON,30V,150MA 
:SILICON,30V,150MA 
;SILICON,30V,150MA 

:SILICON,30V,150MA 
:SILICON,30V,150MA 
: SILICON , 3 OV , 150MA 
:SILICON,30V,150MA 
:SILICON,30V,150MA 



SEMICOND DEVICE :SILICON, 120V, 0. ISA 
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,120V,0.15A 
SEMICOND DEVICE :SILICON,400PIV,200MA 
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,175V,100MA 
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,175V,100MA 



SEMICOND DEVICE 
SEMICOND DEVICE 
SEMICOND DEVICE 
SEMICOND DEVICE 
SEMICOND DEVICE 



: SILICON, 30V, 150MA 
:SILICON,30V,150MA 
: SILICON , 30V, 150MA 
:SILICON,30V,150MA 
: SILICON, 2 00V,1A 



SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 
SEMICOND DEVICE :SILICON, 175V, 100MA 
SEMICOND DEVICE :SILICON,40OPIV, 200MA 
SEMICOND DEVICE :SILICON, 30V, 150MA 
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 

SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 



56289 
72982 
56289 
72982 
56289 



196D226X0015KA1 

390-049X5P0220K 

196D226X0015KA1 

390049X5P0470K 

196D104X0050HA1 



72982 8005H9AADW5R1O3K 

72982 8005H9AADW5R103K 

72982 374-001C0J0279C 

72982 8005H9AADW5R103K 

80031 2222-801-96127 

72982 8005H9AADW5R103K 

80031 2222-801-96127 

72982 374-001C0J0279C 

72982 8005H9AADW5R103K 

72982 8005H9AADW5R103K 

72982 8131N145 E 104Z 

56289 196D105X0035HA1 

72982 8005H9AADW5R103K 

56289 196D104X0050HA1 

72982 8005H9AADW5R103K 

72982 8005H9AADW5R103K 

72982 8005H9AADW5R103K 

56289 196D105X0035HA1 

56289 196D105X0035HA1 

56289 196D105X0035HA1 

80009 281-0791-00 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 

80009 152-0574-00 

80009 152-0574-00 

80009 152-0246-00 

80009 152-0061-00 

80009 152-0061-00 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 

80009 152-0398-00 

07910 1N4152 

80009 152-0061-00 

80009 152-0246-00 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 



7-6 



Replaceable Electrical Parts— SC 504 



Tektronix Serial/Model No. 
CktNo. Part No. Eff Dscont 



Name & Description 



Mfr 
Code 



Mfr Part Number 



CR1488 


152-0061-00 


CR1555 


152-0141-02 


CR1610 


152-0429-00 


CR1621 


152-0242-00 


CR1622 


152-0242-00 


CR2132 


152-0141-02 


CR2163 


152-0141-02 


CR2220 


152-0650-00 


CR2475 


152-0141-02 


CR3120 


152-0141-02 


CR3124 


152-0141-02 


CR3126 


152-0141-02 


CR3128 


152-0141-02 


CR3188 


152-0141-02 


CR3222 


152-0141-02 


CR3224 


152-0141-02 


CR3235 


152-0141-02 


CR3244 


152-0141-02 


CR3248 


152-0141-02 


CR3252 


152-0141-02 


CR3258 


152-0141-02 


CR3259 


152-0141-02 


CR3282 


152-0141-02 


CR3284 


152-0141-02 


CR3285 


152-0141-02 


CR3348 


152-0141-02 


CR3359 


152-0141-02 


CR3362 


152-0066-00 


CR3364 


152-0141-02 


CR3370 


152-0141-02 


CR3371 


152-0141-02 


CR3374 


152-0141-02 


CR3380 


152-0141-02 


CR3466 


152-0141-02 


CR3468 


152-0141-02 


CR3475 


152-0066-00 


CR3494 


152-0066-00 


CR3496 


152-0066-00 


CR3520 


152-0141-02 


CR3521 


152-0141-02 


CR3525 


152-0141-02 


CR4122 


152-0141-02 


CR4224 


152-0141-02 


CR4227 


152-0141-02 


CR4329 


152-0141-02 


CR4345 


152-0141-02 


DS1110 


150-1029-00 


DS1115 


150-1029-00 


DS1620 


150-0111-00 


DS1621 


150-0111-00 


F3478 


159-0022-00 


F3482 


159-0025-00 



SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,175V,100MA 
SEMICOND DEVICE : S ILICON , 3 OV , 1 5 OMA 
SEMICOND DEVICE: SILICON, 5000V, 1 OMA 
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,225V,200MA 
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,225V,200MA 

SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 
SEMICOND DEVICE :SILICON, 30V, 150MA 
SEMICOND DEVICE : WC , 1 1 . 5PF , 3 OP IV 
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 



SEMICOND DEVICE 
SEMICOND DEVICE 
SEMICOND DEVICE 
SEMICOND DEVICE 
SEMICOND DEVICE 



! S ILICON , 3 OV , 15 OMA 
:SILICON,30V,150MA 
:SILICON,30V,150MA 
:SILICON,30V,150MA 
:SILICON,30V,150MA 



SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 



SEMICOND DEVICE 
SEMICOND DEVICE 
SEMICOND DEVICE 
SEMICOND DEVICE 
SEMICOND DEVICE 

SEMICOND DEVICE 
SEMICOND DEVICE 
SEMICOND DEVICE 
SEMICOND DEVICE 
SEMICOND DEVICE 



:SILICON,30V,150MA 
:SILICON,30V,150MA 
:SILICON,30V,150MA 
:SILICON, 30V, 150MA 
:SILICON,30V,150MA 

:SILICON,30V,150MA 

:SILICON,30V,150MA 

:SILICON,400V,750MA 

:SILICON,30V,150MA 

:SILICON,30V,150MA 



SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 
SEMICOND DEVICE: SILICON, 30V, 15 OMA 
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 
SEMICOND DEVICE :SILICON, 30V, 150MA 

SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,400V,750MA 
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,400V,750MA 
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,400V,750MA 
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 

SEMICOND DEVICE rSILICON, 30V, 150MA 
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 

SEMICOND DEVICE: SILICON, 30V, 15 OMA 

LAMP , LED : 2 . OV , GREEN 
LAMP , LED : 2 . OV , GREEN 
LAMP , GLOW : NEON , 1 . 2MA 
LAMP , GLOW : NEON , 1 . 2MA 

FUSE , CARTRIDGE : 3 AG , 1A, 250V , FAST-BLOW 
FUSE , CARTRIDGE : 3AG , . 5A , 2 50V , FAST-BLOW 



80009 152-0061-00 

07910 1N4152 

14099 SA3282 

12969 NDP341 

12969 NDP341 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 

04713 BB105B 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 

80009 152-0066-00 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 

07910 1N4152 



80009 


152-0066-00 


80009 


152-0066-00 


80009 


152-0066-00 


07910 


1N4152 


07910 


1N4152 


07910 


1N4152 


07910 


1N4152 



07910 1N4152 
07910 1N4152 
07910 1N4152 



07910 1N4152 

53184 XC209G 

53184 XC209G 

53944 A1B-3 

53944 A1B-3 

71400 AGC 1 

71400 AGC 1/2 



7-7 



Replaceable Electrical Parts— SC 504 



Tektronix Serial/Model No. 
Ckt No. Part No. Eff Dscont 



Name & Description 



Mfr 

Code Mfr Part Number 



F3488 159-0029-01 
HVN1590 152-0634-00 



HY1320 


307-0562-00 


HY1430 


155-0161-00 


HY1520 


307-0562-00 


HY1530 


155-0161-00 


HY3230 


307-0563-00 


J100 


131-0955-00 


J200 


131-0955-00 


J1420 


131-1003-00 


J1520 


131-1003-00 


J3188 


131-1003-00 


J3200 


131-0955-00 


J3290 


131-1003-00 


J3325 


131-1003-00 


J3380 


131-1003-00 


J3382 


131-1003-00 


J3390 


131-1003-00 


L1140 


108-0245-00 


L1141 


108-0245-00 


L1270 


108-0240-00 


L1278 


108-0245-00 


L1292 


108-0422-00 


L1358 


108-0245-00 


L1359 


108-0245-00 


L1564 


108-0245-00 


L1566 


108-0245-00 


L2156 


108-0829-00 


L2247 


108-0740-00 


L2277 


108-0245-00 


L2347 


108-0740-00 


L3170 


108-0245-00 


L3172 


108-0245-00 


L3229 


108-0245-00 


L3270 


108-0245-00 


L3329 


108-0245-00 


L3334 


108-0245-00 


L3339 


108-0245-00 


L3340 


108-0245-00 


L3342 


108-0245-00 


L4212 


108-0245-00 


L4318 


108-0245-00 


L4325 


108-0245-00 


L4330 


108-0245-00 


LR2421 


108-0331-00 


LR2431 


108-0331-00 


LR2433 


108-0331-00 


Q1116 


151-0341-00 


Q1210 


151-0341-00 


Q1211 


151-0341-00 



FUSE, CARTRIDGE :BUSSMAN ONLY 

VOLTAGE MULTR:HV MULTR,6.7KV IN,10KV OUT 

RES NTWK,FXD FI :ATTENUATOR 
MICROCIRCUIT,LI:VERTICAL PREAMP GAIN SW 
RES NTWK,FXD FI : ATTENUATOR 
MICROCIRCUIT, LI: VERTICAL PREAMP GAIN SW 
RES NTWK,FXD FI :HORIZ0NTAL TRIGGER 

CONNECTOR, RCPT, :BNC, FEMALE ,W/HARDWARE 
CONNECTOR, RCPT, :BNC,FEMALE,W/HARDWARE 
CONNECTOR BODY, : CKT CD MT,3 PRONG 
CONNECTOR BODY, :CKT CD MT,3 PRONG 
CONNECTOR BODY, : CKT CD MT,3 PRONG 

CONNECTOR, RCPT , : BNC , FEMALE ,W/HARDWARE 
CONNECTOR BODY,: CKT CD MT,3 PRONG 
CONNECTOR BODY, : CKT CD MT,3 PRONG 
CONNECTOR BODY, : CKT CD MT,3 PRONG 
CONNECTOR BODY, : CKT CD MT,3 PRONG 

CONNECTOR BODY,: CKT CD MT,3 PRONG 

COIL,RF:3.9UH 
COIL,RF:3.9UH 
COIL,RF:820UH 
COIL,RF:3.9UH 
COIL,RF:80UH 

COIL,RF:3.9UH 
COIL,RF:3.9UH 
COIL,RF:3.9UH 
COIL,RF:3.9UH 
COIL, TUBE DEFL:FIXED, TRACE ROTATION 

TRANSFORMER , RF : 2 2 5NH 
COIL,RF:3.9UH 
TRANSFORMER , RF : 2 2 5NH 
COIL,RF:3.9UH 
COIL,RF:3.9UH 

COIL,RF:3.9UH 
COIL,RF:3.9UH 
COIL,RF:3.9UH 
COIL,RF:3.9UH 
COIL,RF:3.9UH 

COIL,RF:3.9UH 
COIL,RF:3.9UH 
COIL,RF:3.9UH 
COIL,RF:3.9UH 
COIL,RF:3.9UH 

COIL,RF:3.9UH 

COIL,RF:0.75UH 
COIL,RF:0.75UH 
COIL,RF:0.75UH 

TRANS ISTOR:SILICON,NPN 
TRANSISTOR :SILICON , NPN 
TRANSISTOR : S ILICON , NPN 



71400 BUSS MDL 3/10 

80009 152-0634-00 

80009 307-0562-00 

80009 155-0161-00 

80009 307-0562-00 

80009 155-0161-00 

80009 307-0563-00 



05091 


31-279 




05091 


31-279 




80009 


131-1003- 


-00 


80009 


131-1003- 


-00 


80009 


131-1003- 


-00 


05091 


31-279 




80009 


131-1003- 


-00 


80009 


131-1003- 


-00 


80009 


131-1003- 


-00 


80009 


131-1003- 


-00 


80009 


131-1003- 


-00 



80009 108-0245-00 

80009 108-0245-00 

76493 B5147 

80009 108-0245-00 

80009 108-0422-00 

80009 108-0245-00 

80009 108-0245-00 

80009 108-0245-00 

80009 108-0245-00 

80009 108-0829-00 

80009 108-0740-00 

80009 108-0245-00 

80009 108-0740-00 

80009 108-0245-00 

80009 108-0245-00 

80009 108-0245-00 

80009 108-0245-00 

80009 108-0245-00 

80009 108-0245-00 

80009 108-0245-00 



80009 


108-0245-00 


80009 


108-0245-00 


80009 


108-0245-00 


80009 


108-0245-00 


80009 


108-0245-00 


80009 


108-0245-00 


80009 


108-0331-00 


80009 


108-0331-00 


80009 


108-0331-00 



07263 S040065 
07263 S040065 
07263 S040065 



7-8 



Replaceable Electrical Parts— SC 504 



Tektronix Serial/Model No. 
CktNo. Part No. Eff Dscont 



Name & Description 



Mfr 
Code 



Mfr Part Number 



Q1237 


151-1031-00 


21240 


151-0220-00 


Q1241 


151-0220-00 


Q1242 


151-0192-00 


21250 


151-0342-00 


Q1255 


151-0342-00 


Q1280 


151-0221-00 


Q1288 


151-0347-00 


Q1289 


151-0350-00 


Q1335 


151-1090-02 


Q1378 


151-0437-00 


Q1380 


151-0426-00 


Q1381 


151-0364-00 


Q1435 


151-1090-02 


21455 


151-0190-00 


Q1456 


151-0190-00 


Q1458 


151-0190-00 


Q1460 


151-0190-00 


21462 


151-0190-00 


Q1555 


151-0190-00 


Q2131 


151-0342-00 


Q2135 


151-0341-00 


Q2162 


151-0190-00 


Q2165 


151-0190-00 


Q2180 


151-0188-00 


222201 


153-0609-00 


Q2230I 




Q2235 


151-0221-00 


22242 


151-0447-00 


22246 


151-0446-00 


Q2260 


151-0341-00 


Q2280 


151-0188-00 


22320 


153-0609-00 


Q2321 


151-0221-00 


22322 


151-0221-00 


Q2330 1 




22335 


151-0221-00 


Q2342 


151-0447-00 


Q2346 


151-0446-00 


22365 


151-0341-00 


22383 


151-0188-00 


Q2469 


151-0103-00 


Q2473 


151-0342-00 


22476 


151-0342-00 


23132 


151-0216-00 


23134 


151-0333-00 


23135 


151-0221-00 


23144 


151-0438-00 


23145 


151-0192-00 


23152 


151-0341-00 


23154 


151-0341-00 


23156 


151-0190-00 


23178 


151-0333-00 



TRANSISTOR:SILICON,FE, N-CHANNEL, DUAL 
TRANS ISTOR : S ILICON , PNP 
TRANS ISTOR : S It ICON , PNP 

TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN,SEL FROM MPS6521 
TRANS ISTOR : S ILICON , PNP 

TRANS ISTOR : S ILICON , PNP 
TRANSISTOR :SILICON , PNP 
TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 
TRANSISTOR :SILICON ,PNP 
TRANS ISTOR : S ILICON , FE , DUAL , N-CHANNEL 

TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN,SEL FROM 2N5769 

TRANSISTOR :SILICON ,NPN 

TRANS ISTOR : S ILICON , PNP 

TRANS ISTOR : S ILICON , FE , DUAL , N-CHANNEL 

TRANS ISTOR : S ILICON , NPN 

TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 
TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 
TRANS ISTOR : S ILICON , NPN 
TRANS ISTOR : S ILICON , NPN 
TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 

TRANS ISTOR :S ILICON , PNP 
TRANS ISTOR : SILICON , NPN 
TRANSISTOR :SILICON , NPN 
TRANS ISTOR:SILICON, NPN 
TRANSISTOR :SILICON, PNP 

SEMICOND DVC SE : SILICON, PNP 

TRANS ISTOR : S ILICON , PNP 
TRANS ISTOR : S ILICON , NPN 
TRANS ISTOR : S ILICON , NPN 

TRANS ISTOR : S ILICON , NPN 
TRANS ISTOR : S ILICON , PNP 
SEMICOND DVC SE: SILICON, PNP 
TRANSISTOR :SILICON , PNP 
TRANS ISTOR : S ILICON , PNP 



TRANSISTOR:SILICON, PNP 
TRANS ISTOR : S ILICON , NPN 
TRANSISTOR : SILICON , NPN 
TRANS ISTOR : SILICON , NPN 



TRANSISTOR 
TRANSISTOR: 
TRANSISTOR 
TRANSISTOR: 
TRANSISTOR: 



SILICON, PNP 
SILICON, NPN 
SILICON, PNP 
SILICON, PNP 
SILICON, PNP 



TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN,SEL FROM MPS918 
TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 

TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP,SEL FROM SPS6927 
TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN,SEL FROM MPS6521 
TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 

TRANSISTOR rSILICON, NPN 
TRANS ISTOR : S ILICON , NPN 
TRANS ISTOR: SILICON, NPN, SEL FROM MPS 918 



80009 
80009 
80009 
80009 
80009 

80009 
80009 
80009 
80009 
80009 

80009 
80009 
80009 
80009 
80009 

80009 
80009 
80009 
80009 
80009 

80009 
07263 
80009 
80009 
01295 



151-1031-00 
151-0220-00 
151-0220-00 
151-0192-00 
151-0342-00 

151-0342-00 
151-0221-00 
151-0347-00 
151-0350-00 
151-1090-02 

151-0437-00 
151-0426-00 
151-0364-00 
151-1090-02 
151-0190-00 

151-0190-00 
151-0190-00 
151-0190-00 
151-0190-00 
151-0190-00 

151-0342-00 

S040065 

151-0190-00 

151-0190-00 

2N3906 



80009 153-0609-00 

80009 151-0221-00 

80009 151-0447-00 

80009 151-0446-00 



07263 


S040065 




01295 


2N3906 




80009 


153-0609- 


-00 


80009 


151-0221- 


-00 


80009 


151-0221- 


-00 


80009 


151-0221- 


-00 


80009 


151-0447- 


-00 


80009 


151-0446- 


-00 


07263 


S040065 




01295 


2N3906 




04713 


2N2219A 




80009 


151-0342- 


-00 


80009 


151-0342- 


-00 


80009 


151-0216- 


-00 


80009 


151-0333- 


-00 


80009 


151-0221- 


-00 


80009 


151-0438- 


-00 


80009 


151-0192- 


-00 


07263 


S040065 




07263 


S040065 




80009 


151-0190- 


-00 


80009 


151-0333- 


-00 



^Furnished as a unit with 22320. 



7-9 



Raplacaabki Electrical Parte— SC 504 



Tektronix Serial/Model No. 
CktNo. Part No. Eff Dscont 



Name & Description 



Mfr 
Code 



Mfr Part Number 



Q3188 


151-0333-00 


Q3224 


151-0333-00 


Q3225 


151-0333-00 


Q3234 


151-0225-00 


Q3235 


151-0225-00 


Q3236 


151-0220-00 


Q3237 


151-0220-00 


Q3244 


151-0190-00 


Q3247 


151-0342-00 


Q3248 


151-0190-00 


Q3252 


151-0342-00 


Q3258 


151-0342-00 


Q3260 


151-0342-00 


Q3261 


151-0342-00 


Q3262 


151-0342-00 


Q3263 


151-0342-00 


Q3264 


151-0342-00 


Q3265 


151-0342-00 


Q3266 


151-0220-00 


Q3268 


151-0342-00 


Q3269 


151-0342-00 


Q3280 


151-0341-00 


Q3286 


151-0341-00 


Q3366 


151-0341-00 


Q3367 


151-0190-00 


Q3368 


151-0190-00 


Q3369 


151-0342-00 


Q3372 


151-0103-00 


Q3373 


151-0341-00 


Q3375 


151-0341-00 


Q3470 


151-0341-00 


C3472 


151-0134-00 


Q3474 


151-0342-00 


Q3475 


151-0342-00 


Q3476 


151-0347-00 


Q3478 


151-0342-00 


Q3479 


151-0347-00 


Q3480 


151-0341-00 


Q3482 


151-0341-00 


Q3484 


151-0342-00 


Q3485 


151-0342-00 


Q3488 


151-0342-00 


Q3520 


151-1042-00 


Q3522 


151-0225-00 


Q3523 


151-0225-00 


Q3524 


151-1042-00 


Q4110 


151-0347-00 


Q4125 


151-0347-00 


Q4126 


151-0190-00 


Q4132 


151-0350-00 


Q4137 


151-0350-00 


Q4145 


151-0347-00 


Q4147 


151-0188-00 



TRANSISt6r:SILIC0N,NPN,SEL FROM MPS918 
TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN,SEL FROM MPS918 
TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN,SEL FROM MPS918 
TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 
TRANS ISTOR : S ILICON , NPN 



TRANSISTOR: 
TRANSISTOR! 
TRANSISTOR: 
TRANSISTOR: 
TRANSISTOR: 

TRANSISTOR 
TRANSISTOR 
TRANSISTOR 
TRANSISTOR 
TRANSISTOR 



SILICON,PNP 
S ILICON, PNP 
: SILICON, NPN 
:SILICON,PNP 
:SILICON,NPN 

[SILICON, PNP 
: SILICON, PNP 
: SILICON, PNP 
: SILICON, PNP 
:SILICON,PNP 



TRANS ISTOR : S ILICON , PNP 
TRANSISTOR : S ILICON , PNP 
TRANS ISTOR : S ILICON , PNP 
TRANS ISTOR : S ILICON , PNP 
TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 

TRANS ISTOR : S ILICON , PNP 
TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 
TRANS ISTOR : S ILICON , NPN 
TRANS ISTOR : S ILICON , NPN 
TRANS ISTOR : S ILICON , NPN 

TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 
TRANS ISTOR : S ILICON , PNP 
TRANS ISTOR:SILICON, NPN 
TRANS ISTOR : S ILICON , NPN 
TRANS ISTOR : SILICON , NPN 



TRANSISTOR: 
TRANSISTOR: 
TRANSISTOR: 
TRANSISTOR: 
TRANSISTOR: 

TRANSISTOR: 
TRANSISTOR: 
TRANSISTOR: 
TRANSISTOR: 
TRANSISTOR: 



SILICON, NPN 
SILICON, PNP 
SILICON, PNP 
SILICON, PNP 
SILICON, NPN 

SILICON, PNP 
SILICON, NPN 
SILICON, NPN 
SILICON, NPN 
SILICON, PNP 



TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 

TRANS ISTOR : SILICON , PNP 

SEMICOND DVC SE: MATCHED PAIR FET 

TRANS ISTOR : S ILICON , NPN 

TRANS ISTOR : S ILICON , NPN 

SEMICOND DVC SE: MATCHED PAIR FET 
TRANS ISTOR : SILICON , NPN 
TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 
TRANS ISTOR :S ILICON , NPN 
TRANS ISTOR : S ILICON , PNP 

TRANS ISTOR :S ILICON , PNP 
TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 
TRANSISTOR :SILIC0N, PNP 



80009 151-0333-00 

80009 151-0333-00 

80009 151-0333-00 

80009 151-0225-00 

80009 151-0225-00 



80009 


151-0220-00 


80009 


151-0220-00 


80009 


151-0190-00 


80009 


151-0342-00 


80009 


151-0190-00 


80009 


151-0342-00 


80009 


151-0342-00 


80009 


151-0342-00 


80009 


151-0342-00 


80009 


151-0342-00 


80009 


151-0342-00 


80009 


151-0342-00 


80009 


151-0342-00 


80009 


151-0220-00 


80009 


151-0342-00 


80009 


151-0342-00 


07263 


S040065 


07263 


S040065 


07263 


S040065 


80009 


151-0190-00 


80009 


151-0190-00 


80009 


151-0342-00 


04713 


2N2219A 


07263 


S040065 


07263 


S040065 


07263 


S040065 


80009 


151-0134-00 


80009 


151-0342-00 


80009 


151-0342-00 


80009 


151-0347-00 


80009 


151-0342-00 


80009 


151-0347-00 


07263 


S040065 


07263 


S040065 


80009 


151-0342-00 


80009 


151-0342-00 


80009 


151-0342-00 


80009 


151-1042-00 


80009 


151-0225-00 


80009 


151-0225-00 


80009 


151-1042-00 


80009 


151-0347-00 


80009 


151-0347-00 


80009 


151-0190-00 


80009 


151-0350-00 


80009 


151-0350-00 


80009 


151-0347-00 


01295 


2N3906 



7-10 



Replaceable Electrical Parts— SC 504 



Ckt No. 



Tektronix 
Part No. 



Serial/Model No. 
Eff Dscont 



Name & Description 



Mfr 

Code Mfr Part Number 



Q4230 

R210 
R211 
R213 
R215 
R217 

R220 
R221 
R223 
R225 
R227 

R233 
R235 
R240 
R241 
R243 

R1110 
R1115 
R1116 
R1119 
R1140 

R1148 
R1149 
R1150 
R1152 
R1155 

R1160 
R1166 
R1167 
R1168 
R1169 

R1200 
R1210 
R1211 
R1215 
R1216 

R1217 
R1218 
R1220 
R1223 
R1224 

R1225 

R1227 
R1228 
R1231 
R1232 

R1233 
R1234 
R1235 
R1240 
R1241 

R1242 



151-0341-00 

317-0200-00 
317-0910-00 
321-1389-03 
321-0807-03 
315-0105-00 

317-0240-00 
317-0470-00 
321-1389-03 
321-0807-03 
321-0481-03 

321-0618-03 
321-0891-03 
317-0510-00 
315-0105-00 
317-0560-00 

315-0181-00 
321-0927-07 
321-0602-00 
315-0102-00 
315-0620-00 

315-0102-00 
315-0103-00 
315-0162-00 
311-1803-00 
311-1239-00 

311-1248-00 
315-0242-00 
311-1248-00 
321-0193-00 
311-1244-00 

311-0546-00 
315-0622-00 
315-0622-00 
315-0102-00 
315-0472-00 

315-0104-00 
315-0623-00 
315-0244-00 
321-0510-07 
321-0414-03 

321-0318-03 
315-0470-00 
315-0102-00 
321-0318-03 
321-0414-03 

321-0510-00 
315-0103-00 
315-0183-00 
315-0181-00 
315-0620-00 

315-0103-00 



TRANSISTOR :SILICON , NPN 

RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:20 OHM,5%,0.125W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:91 OHM,5%,0.125W 
RES. ,FXD,FILM:111K OHM,0.25%,0. 125W 
RES.,FXD,FILM:900K OHM,0.25%,0.125W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1M OHM,5%,0.25W 

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:24 OHM,5%,0.125W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:47 OHM,5%,0.125W 
RES.,FXD,FILM:111K OHM,0.25%,0.125W 
RES. ,FXD, FILM :900K OHM,0.25%,0. 125W 
RES.,FXD,FILM:1M OHM,0.25%,0.125W 

RES.,FXD,FILM:250K OHM,0.25%,0.125W 
RES.,FXD,FILM:800K OHM,0.25%,0.125W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:51 OHM,5%,0.125W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1M OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:56 OHM,5%,0.125W 

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:180 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES. ,FXD,FILM:125 OHM,0.1%,0.125W 
RES.,FXD,FILM:3.908K OHM, 0.25%, 0.125W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:62 OHM,5%,0.25W 

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES., FXD,CMPSN .-1.6K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,VAR,NONWIR:20K OHM,10%,1W 
RES.,VAR,NONWIR:2.5K OHM,10%,0.50W 

RES.,VAR,NONWIR:500 OHM,10%,0.50W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:2.4K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,VAR,NONWIR:500 OHM,10%,0.50W 
RES. ,FXD,FILM:1K 0HM,1%, 0. 125W 
RES. ,VAR,NONWIR:100 OHM,10%,0.50W 

RES.,VAR,N0NWIR:10K OHM,20%,0.75W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:6.2K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:6.2K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:4.7K OHM,5%,0.25W 

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:62K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:240K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,FILM:200 MEG OHM,0.1%,0.125W 
RES.,FXD,FILM:200K OHM,0.25%,0.125W 

RES.,FXD,FILM:20K OHM,0.25%,0.125W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:47 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES. ,FXD,FILM:20K OHM,0.25%,0.125W 
RES.,FXD,FILM:200K OHM,0.25%,0.125W 

RES.,FXD,FILM:2M OHM, 1% , 0. 125W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:18K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:180 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:62 OHM,5%,0.25W 

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W 



07263 S040065 

01121 BB2005 

01121 BB9105 

91637 MFF1816D11102C 

91637 MFF1816D90002C 

01121 CB1055 

01121 BB2405 

01121 BB4705 

91637 MFF1816D11102C 

91637 MFF1816D90002C 

91637 HFF1813D10003C 

91637 MFF1816D25002C 

91637 MFF1816D80002C 

01121 BB5105 

01121 CB1055 

01121 BB5605 

01121 CB1815 

91637 MFF1816C125R0B 

91637 MFF1816D39080C 

01121 CB1025 

01121 CB6205 

01121 CB1025 

01121 CB1035 

01121 CB1625 

01121 13M501 

73138 72X-76-0-252K 

73138 72X-23-0-501K 

01121 CB2425 

73138 72X-23-0-501K 

91637 MFF1816G10000F 

32997 3386X-T07-101 

80009 311-0546-00 

01121 CB6225 

01121 CB6225 

01121 CB1025 

01121 CB4725 

01121 CB1045 

01121 CB6235 

01121 CB2445 

91637 HFF1813C20003B 

91637 MFF1816D20002C 

91637 MFF1816D20001C 

01121 CB4705 

01121 CB1025 

91637 MFF1816D20001C 

91637 MFF1816D20002C 

91637 HFF188G20003F 

01121 CB1035 

01121 CB1835 

01121 CB1815 

01121 CB6205 

01121 CB1035 



7-11 



Replaceable Electrical Parts— SC 504 



Tektronix Serial/Model No. 
CktNo. Part No. Eff Dscont 



Name & Description 



Mfr 

Code 



Mfr Part Number 



R1243 


315-0822-00 


R1245 


315-0223-00 


R1250 


315-0273-00 


R1252 


315-0103-00 


R1259 


315-0122-00 


R1271 


315-0361-00 


R1272 


315-0684-00 


R1273 


315-0123-00 


R1276 


315-0361-00 


R1280 


315-0620-00 


R1281 


315-0470-00 


R1282 


315-0203-00 


R1283 


315-0394-00 


R1284 


315-0123-00 


R1285 


307-0490-00 


R1286 


321-0335-00 


R1288 


315-0164-00 


R1289 


315-0332-00 


R1290 


315-0622-00 


R1292 


315-0513-00 


R1293 


315-0102-00 


R1300 


315-0560-02 


R1310 


315-0101-00 


R1311 


315-0100-00 


R1315 


323-0068-00 


R1325 


315-0100-00 


R1326 


315-0122-00 


R1327 


315-0102-00 


R1335 


315-0200-00 


R1339 


315-0200-00 


R1340 


315-0750-00 


R1341 


315-0101-00 


R1342 


315-0103-00 


R1343 


315-0151-00 


R1344 


315-0202-00 


R1345 


311-1263-00 


R1346 


315-0222-00 


R1347 


315-0392-00 


R1348 


315-0472-00 


R1349 


321-0161-00 


R1350 


315-0101-00 


R1351 


321-0091-00 


R1352 


315-0102-00 


R1355 


315-0102-00 


R1356 


315-0122-00 


R1357 


321-0054-00 


R1360 


315-0430-00 


R1361 


315-0430-00 


R1362 


321-0163-00 


R1363 


321-0163-00 


R1364 


321-0193-00 


R1365 


311-1947-00 


R1370 


315-0202-00 



RES.,FXD,CMPSN:8.2K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:22K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:27K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSNslOK OHM,5%,0.2SW 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1.2K OHM,5%,0.25W 

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:360 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:680K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:12K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:360 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:62 OHM,5%,0.25W 

RES.,FXD,CMPSN.-47 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:20K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:390K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:12K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES,NTWK,FXD,FI:HIGH VOLTAGE DIVIDER 

RES.,FXD,FILM:30.1K OHM,l%,0.125W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:160K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:3.3K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:6.2K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:51K OHM,5%,0.25W 

RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:56 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,FILM:49.9 OHM,1%,0.50W 

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:1.2K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:lK OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:20 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:20 OHM,5%,0.25W 

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:75 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:150 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:2K OHM,5%,0.25W 

RES.,VAR,NONWIR:lK OHM,10%,0.50W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2.2K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:3.9K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:4.7K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,FILM:464 OHM,1%,0.125W 

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM,5% r 0.25W 
RES.,FXD,FILM:86.6 OHM,1%,0.125W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1.2K OHM,5%,0.25W 

RES. ,FXD,FILM:35.7 OHM,5%,0. 125W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:43 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:43 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,FILM:487 OHM,1%,0.125W 
RES.,FXD,FILM:487 OHM,1%,0.125W 

RES. ,FXD,FILM:1K OHM, 1%, 0. 125W 
RES. ,VAR,NONWIR:5K OHM, 20% , 0. 25W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:2K OHM,5%,0.25W 



01121 CB8225 
01121 CB2235 
01121 CB2735 
01121 CB1035 
01121 CB1225 

01121 CB3615 
01121 CB6845 
01121 CB1235 
01121 CB3615 
01121 CB6205 

01121 CB4705 
01121 CB2035 

01121 CB3945 

01121 CB1235 
80009 307-0490-00 

91637 MFF1816G30101F 

01121 CB1645 

01121 CB3325 

01121 CB6225 

01121 CB5135 

01121 CB1025 

80009 315-0560-02 

01121 CB1015 

01121 CB1005 

75042 CECTO-49R90F 

01121 CB1005 

01121 CB1225 

01121 CB1025 

01121 CB2005 

01121 CB2005 

01121 CB7505 

01121 CB1015 

01121 CB1035 

01121 CB1515 

01121 CB2025 

32997 3329P-L58-102 

01121 CB2225 

01121 CB3925 

01121 CB4725 

91637 MFF1816G464R0F 

01121 CB1015 

91637 MFF1816G86R60F 

01121 CB1025 

01121 CB1025 

01121 CB1225 

91637 MFF1816G35R70F 

01121 CB4305 

01121 CB4305 

91637 MFF1816G487R0F 

91637 MFF1816G487R0F 

91637 MFF1816G10000F 

12697 CM41722 

01121 CB2025 



7-12 



Replaceable Electrical Parts— SC 504 



Ckt No. 



Tektronix Serial/Model No. 
Part No. Eff Dscont 



Name & Description 



Mfr 
Code 



Mfr Part Number 



R1371 


315-0104-00 


R1372 


315-0394-00 


R1374 


315-0153-00 


R1380 


315-0200-00 


R1385 


315-0511-00 


R1390 


315-0221-00 


R1391 


315-0102-00 


R1392 


315-0394-00 


R1400 


315-0560-02 


R1410 


315-0101-00 


R1411 


315-0100-00 


R1415 


323-0068-00 


R1417 


315-0361-00 


R1420 


315-0100-00 


R1423 


315-0202-00 


R1431 


317-0330-00 


R1432 


317-0330-00 


R1435 


315-0200-00 


R1438 


315-0200-00 


R1440 


315-0750-00 


R1442 


315-0101-00 


R1443 


315-0103-00 


R1444 


315-0151-00 


R1445 


311-1263-00 


R1446 


315-0202-00 


R1453 


315-0392-00 


R1455 


311-1466-00 


R1464 


321-0130-00 


R1466 


321-0130-00 


R1488 


315-0102-00 


R1510 


315-0361-00 


R1531 


317-0330-00 


R1532 


317-0330-00 


R1548 


315-0222-00 


R1549 


315-0472-00 


R1554 


315-0562-00 


R1556 


315-0360-00 


R1557 


321-0054-00 


R1560 


311-1947-00 


R1565 


311-1245-00 


R1570 


311-1245-00 


R1576 


315-0622-00 


R1578 


315-0102-00 


R1580 


311-1242-00 


R1585 


311-1245-00 


R1590 


311-1242-00 


R1595 


311-1246-00 


R1610 


315-0103-00 


R1614 


315-0101-00 


R1615 


308-0760-00 


R1620 


315-0101-00 


R1621 


315-0102-00 


R1622 


315-0226-00 



RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:390K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:15K OHM,5%,6.25W 
RES. r FXD,CMPSN:20 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:510 OHM,5%,0.25W 

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:220 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:390K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:56 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM,5%,0.25W 

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,FILM:49.9 OHM,1%,0.50W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:360 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2K OHM,5%,0.25W 

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:33 OHM,5%,0.125W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:33 OHM,5%,0.125W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:20 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:20 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:75 OHM,5%,0.25W 

RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:150 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,VAR,NONWIR:lK OHM, 10%, 0. 50W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2K OHM,5%,0.25W 

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:3.9K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,VAR,N0NWIR:2K OHM,20%,0.5OW 
RES., FXD, FILM :221 OHM,1%,0.125W 
RES.,FXD,FILM:221 OHM,1%,0.125W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W 

RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:360 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:33 OHM,5%,0.125W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:33 OHM,5%,0.125W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2.2K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:4.7K OHM,5%,0.25W 

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:5.6K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:36 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,FILM:35.7 OHM,5%,0.125W 
RES.,VAR,N0NWIR:5K OHM,20%,0.25W 
RES.,VAR,NONWIR:10K OHM, 10% , 0. 50W 

RES.,VAR,NONWIR:10K OHM,10%,0.50W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:6.2K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,VAR,NONWIR:200K OHM,10%,0.50W 
RES.,VAR,NONWIR:10K OHM, 10%, 0. 50W 

RES.,VAR,NONWIR:200K OHM,10%,0.50W 
RES.,VAR,NONWIR:50K OHM,10%,0.50W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,WW:0.2 OHM,10%,2W 

RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:22M OHM,5%,0.25W 



01121 CB1045 

01121 CB3945 

01121 CB1535 

01121 CB2005 

01121 CE5115 

01121 CB2215 

01121 CB1025 

01121 CB3945 

80009 315-0560-02 

01121 CB1015 

01121 CB1005 

75042 CECT0-49R90F 

01121 CB3615 

01121 CB1005 

01121 CB2025 

01121 BB3305 

01121 BB3305 

01121 CB2005 

01121 CB2005 

01121 CB7505 

01121 CB1015 

01121 CB1035 

01121 CB1515 

32997 3329P-L58-102 

01121 CB2025 

01121 CB3925 

01121 E2B202 

91637 MFF1816G221R0F 

91637 MFF1816G221R0F 

01121 CB1025 

01121 CB3615 

01121 BB3305 

01121 BB3305 

01121 CB2225 

01121 CB4725 

01121 CB5625 

01121 CB3605 

91637 MFF1816G35R70F 

12697 CM41722 

73138 72-28-0 

73138 72-28-0 

01121 CB6225 

01121 CB1025 

01121 E4A204 

73138 72-28-0 

01121 E4A204 

02111 63X-503-T602 

01121 CB1035 

01121 CB1015 

91637 RS2B162ER2000K 

01121 CB1015 
01121 CB1025 
01121 CB2265 



7-13 



Replaceable Electrical Parts— SC 504 



Tektronix Serial/Model No. 
CktNo. Part No. Eff Dscont 



Name & Description 



Mfr 
Code 



Mfr Part Number 



R2110 


311-0349-00 


R2120 


315-0102-00 


R2121 


315-0182-00 


R2127 


315-0104-00 


R2130 


321-0286-00 


R2132 


315-0101-00 


R2135 


315-0102-00 


R2137 


311-1423-00 


R2140 


322-0617-00 


R2142 


321-0257-00 


R2145 


315-0161-00 


R2158 


315-0362-00 


R2163 


315-0333-00 


R2166 


315-0472-00 


E2172 


315-0222-00 


R2175 


315-0103-00 


R2176 


315-0303-00 


R2182 


315-0132-00 


R2183 


315-0391-00 


R2185 


315-0472-00 


R2186 


315-0472-00 


R2188 


315-0472-00 


R2189 


315-0472-00 


R2190 


315-0621-00 


R2192 


315-0821-00 


R2194 


315-0821-00 


R2195 


315-0431-00 


R2197 


311-1948-00 


R2210 


321-0143-00 


R2211 


321-0091-00 


R2212 


321-0111-00 


R2214 


315-0390-00 


R2220 


321-0086-00 


R2224 


315-0390-00 


R2225 


315-0391-00 


R2226 


315-0622-00 


R2227 


321-0082-00 


R2231 


315-0241-00 


R2233 


321-0134-00 


R2236 


315-0331-00 


R2237 


321-0101-00 


R2240 


321-0097-00 


R2242 


311-0605-00 


R2247 


315-0241-00 


R2253 


308-0800-00 


R2261 


321-0306-01 


R2262 


321-0764-01 


R2263 


315-0202-00 


R2268 


315-0103-00 


R2273 


315-0103-00 


R2275 


321-0225-00 


R2310 


311-1224-00 


R2311 


311-1224-00 



RES.,N0NWIR:2 MEG OHM,0.5W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1.8K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,FILM:9.31K OHM,1%,0.125W 

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,VAR,NONWIR:20 OHM,20%,0.50W 
RES. ,FXD,FILM:47.7 OHM,1% # 0.25W 
KES.,FXD,FILM:4.64K OHM,1%,0.125W 

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:160 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:3.6K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:33K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:4.7K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:2.2K OHM,5%,0.25W 

RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:30K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1.3K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:390 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:4.7K OHM,5%,0.25W 

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:4.7K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:4.7K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:4.7K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:620 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:820 0HM,5%,0.25W 

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:820 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:430 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,VAR,N0NWIR:PNL,1K OHM,20%,0.50W 
RES.,FXD,FILM:301 OHM,1%,0.125W 
RES.,FXD,FILM:86.6 0HM,1% ,0.125W 

RES. ,FXD,FILM:140 0HM,1% ,0. 125W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:39 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD r FILM:76.8 OHM,1%,0.125W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:39 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:390 OHM,5%,0.25W 

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:6.2K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,FILM:69.8 OHM,1%,0.125W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:240 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,FILM:243 OHM,1%,0.125W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:330 OHM,5%,0.25W 

RES. ,FXD,FILM:110 OHM,1%,0. 125W 
RES.,FXD,FILM:100 OHM,1%,0.125W 
RES. ,VAR,NONWIR:200 OHM,10%,0.50W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:240 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES. ,FXD,WW:470 0HM,1%,4W 

RES.,FXD,FILM:15K OHM,0.5%,0.125W 
RES. r FXD,FILM:5.09K OHM,0.5%,0.125W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:2K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES. ,FXD r CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W 

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W 

RES.,FXD,FILM:2.15K OHM,1%,0.125W 
RES. ,VAR,NONWIR:500 OEM, 20% , 0. 50W 
RES.,VAR,NONWIR:500 OHM,20%,0.50W 



12697 381-CM30940 

01121 CB1025 

01121 CB1825 

01121 CB1045 

91637 MFF1816G93100F 

01121 CB1015 

01121 CB1025 

73138 72PM-01-0-200 

19701 MF52C47R70F 

91637 MFF1816G46400F 

01121 CB1615 

01121 CB3625 

01121 CB3335 

01121 CB4725 

01121 CE2225 

01121 CB1035 

01121 CB3035 

01121 CB1325 

01121 CB3915 

0112], CB4725 



01121 


CB4725 


01121 


CB4725 


01121 


CB4725 


01121 


CB6215 


01121 


CB8215 


01121 


CB8215 


01121 


CB4315 


12697 


CM41723 


91637 


MFF1816G301R0F 


91637 


MFF1816G86R60F 


91637 


MFF1816G140ROF 


01121 


CB3905 


91637 


MFF1816G76R80F 


01121 


CB3905 


01121 


CB3915 


01121 


CB6225 


91637 


MFF1816G69R80F 


01121 


CB2415 


91637 


MFF1816G243R0F 


01121 


CB3315 


91637 


MFF1816G110ROF 


91637 


MFF1816G100R0F 


80740 


62-54-3 


01121 


CB2415 


91637 


NS2-B47OR0F 


91637 


MFF1816G15001D 


91637 


MFF1816G50900D 


01121 


CB2025 


01121 


CB1035 


01121 


CB1035 


91637 


MFF1816G21500F 


32997 


3386F-T04-501 


32997 


3386F-T04-501 



7-14 



Replaceable Electrical Parts— SC 504 



Ckt No. 



Tektronix Serial/Model No. 
Part No. Eff Dscont 



Name & Description 



Mfr 
Code 



Mfr Part Number 



R2313 


315-0331-00 


R2314 


321-0018-00 


R2315 


321-0111-00 


E2320 


321-0086-00 


R2321 


311-1258-00 


R2323 


321-0082-00 


R2328 


321-0069-00 


R2332 


315-0241-00 


R2333 


321-0134-00 


R2336 


311-1265-00 


R2337 


321-0101-00 


R2340 


322-0617-00 


R2347 


315-0241-00 


R2353 


308-0800-00 


R2358 


308-0677-00 


R2361 


321-0318-02 


R2362 


308-0679-00 


R2363 


315-0392-00 


R2384 


315-0101-00 


R2385 


315-0133-00 


R2386 


315-0202-00 


R2387 


315-0101-00 


R2390 


315-0622-00 


R2391 


315-0203-00 


R2410 


315-0391-00 


R2411 


315-0751-00 


R2413 


315-0682-00 


R2414 


315-0362-00 


R2419 


315-0362-00 


R2420 


315-0390-00 


R2421 


315-0153-00 


R2422 


315-0302-00 


R2463 


315-0431-00 


R2465 


315-0241-00 


R2466 


321-0764-01 


R2468 


315-0241-00 


R2469 


315-0511-00 


R2482 


315-0202-00 


R2483 


315-0363-00 


R2485 


315-0181-00 


R2486 


315-0181-00 


R2487 


315-0181-00 


R2488 


315-0101-00 


R2489 


315-0101-00 


R2497A 


B 311-1946-00 


R3100 


311-1192-00 


R3110 


311-1228-00 


R3112 


315-0513-00 


R3114 


315-0513-00 


R3115 


311-1228-00 


R3116 


315-0103-00 


R3118 


315-0622-00 


R3120 


315-0621-00 



RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 

RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 

RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 

RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 

RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 

RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 

RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 

RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 

RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 

RES. 

RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 

RES. 
RES. 
RES. 



FXD,CMPSN:330 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,FILM:15 OHM,1%,0.125W 
FXD,FILM:140 OHM,1%,0. 125W 
FXD,FILM:76.8 OHM,1%,0.125W 
VAR,NONWIR:50 OHM,10%,0.50W 

FXD,FILM:69.8 OHM,1%,0.125W 
FXD,FILM:51.1 OHM,1%,0.125W 
FXD,CMPSN:240 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,FILM:243 OHM, 1%,0. 125W 
VAR,NONWIR:2K OHM, 10%, 0. 50W 

FXD,FILM:110 OHM,1%,0.125W 
FXD,FILM:47.7 OHM,1%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:240 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,WW:470 OHM,l%,4W 
FXD,WW:1 OHM,5%,2W 

FXD,FILM:20K OHM,0.5%,0.125W 
FXD,WW:0.51 OHM,5%,2W 
FXD,CMPSN:3.9K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:13K OHM,5%,0.25W 

FXD,CMPSN:2K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:6.2K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:20K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:390 OHM,5%,0.25W 

FXD,CMPSN:750 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:6.8K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:3.6K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:3.6K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:39 OHM,5%,0.25W 

FXD,CMPSN:15K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:3K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:430 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:240 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,FILM:5.09K OHM,0.5%,0.125W 

FXD,CMPSN:240 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:510 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:2K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:36K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:180 OHM,5%,0.25W 

FXD,CMPSN:180 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:180 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM,5%,0.25W 
VAR,NONWIR:PNL,10K OHM, 20%, 0. 50W 

VAR,NONWIR:10K OHM,20%,1W 
VAR,NONWIR:10K OHM, 20%, 0. 50W 
FXD,CMPSN:51K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:51K OHM,5%,0.25W 
VAR,NONWIR:10K OHM, 20% ,0. 50W 

FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:6.2K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:620 OHM,5%,0.25W 



01121 CB3315 

91637 MFF1816G15R0OF 

91637 MFF1816G140R0F 

91637 MFF1816G76R80F 

32997 3326P-T02-500 

91637 MFF1816G69R80F 

91637 MFF1816G51R10F 

01121 CB2415 

91637 MFF1816G243R0F 

32997 3329P-L58-202 

91637 MFF1816G110ROF 

19701 MF52C47R70F 

01121 CB2415 

91637 NS2-B470R0F 

75042 BWH-1R000J 

91637 MFF1816D20001D 

75042 BWH-R5100J 

01121 CB3925 

01121 CB1015 

01121 CB1335 

01121 CB2025 

01121 CB1015 

01121 CB6225 

01121 CB2035 

01121 CB3915 

01121 CB7515 

01121 CB6825 

01121 CB3625 

01121 CB3625 

01121 CB3905 

01121 CB1535 

01121 CB3025 

01121 CB4315 

01121 CB2415 

91637 MFF1816G50900D 

01121 CB2415 

01121 CB5115 

01121 CB2025 

01121 CB3635 

01121 CB1815 

01121 CB1815 

01121 CB1815 

01121 CB1015 

01121 CB1015 

12697 CM41721 

71590 BR-232-001 

32997 3386F-TO4-103 

01121 CB5135 

01121 CB5135 

32997 3386F-T04-103 

01121 C31035 

01121 CB6225 

01121 CB6215 



7-15 



Replaceable Electrical Parts— SC 504 



Tektronix Serial/Model No. 
Ckt No. Part No. Eff Dscont 



Name & Description 



Mfr 
Code 



Mfr Part Number 



R3122 


315-0514-00 


R3124 


315-0103-00 


R3125 


315-0622-00 


R3126 


315-0621-00 


R3127 


315-0103-00 


R3128 


315-0514-00 


R3129 


315-0103-00 


R3130 


315-0620-00 


R3134 


315-0470-00 


R3135 


315-0433-00 


R3136 


315-0470-00 


R3137 


315-0470-00 


R3138 


315-0470-00 


R3142 


321-0201-00 


R3144 


315-0433-00 


R3146 


315-0681-00 


R3150 


315-0153-00 


R3152 


315-0202-00 


R3154 


315-0392-00 


R3156 


315-0181-00 


R3160 


315-0474-00 


R3162 


315-0473-00 


R3165 


315-0104-00 


R3168 


315-0102-00 


R3174 


315-0102-00 


R3178 


315-0560-00 


R3180 


315-0101-00 


R3184 


315-0681-00 


R3185 


315-0471-00 


R3186 


315-0751-00 


R3188 


315-0391-00 


R3210 


315-0754-00 


R3212 


315-0334-00 


R3215 


315-0750-00 


R3220 


315-0680-00 


R3222 


315-0102-00 


R3223 


315-0102-00 


R3224 


315-0431-00 


R3226 


315-0271-00 


R3227 


315-0431-00 


R3228 


315-0101-00 


R3229 


315-0620-00 


R3235 


315-0470-00 


R3244 


321-0239-00 


R3246 


315-0242-00 


R3248 


315-0622-00 


R3249 


315-0201-00 


R3250 


315-0101-00 


R3251 


315-0243-00 


R3252 


321-0241-00 


R3253 


315-0432-00 


R3254 


315-0103-00 


R3255 


315-0152-00 



RES.,FXD,CMPSN:510K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSNs6.2K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:620 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W 

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:510K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:62 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:47 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:43K OHM,5%,0.25W 

RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:47 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:47 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:47 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES. ,FXD,FILM:1.21K OHM,1%,0.125W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:43K OHM,5%,0.25W 

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:680 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:15K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:3.9K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:180 OHM,5%,0.25W 

RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:470K OHM,5% f 0.25W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:47K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W 

RES. r FXD,CMPSN:56 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:680 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:470 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:750 OHM r 5%,0.25W 

RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:390 OHM,5*,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:750K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD r CMPSN:330K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:75 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD r CMPSN:68 OHM,5%,0.25W 

RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:430 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:270 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:430 OHM,5%,0.25W 

RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:62 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:47 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,FILM:3.01K OHM,1%,0.125W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2.4K OHM,5%,0.25W 

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:6.2K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD r CMPSN:200 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:24K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES. ,FXD,FILM:3.16K OHM,1%,0.125W 

RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:4.3K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5*,0.25W 

RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:1.5K OHM,5%,0.25W 



01121 CB5145 

01121 CB1035 

01121 CB6225 

01121 CB6215 

01121 CB1035 

01121 CB5145 

01121 CB1035 

01121 CB6205 

01121 CB4705 

01121 CB4335 

01121 CB4705 

01121 CB4705 

01121 CB4705 

91637 MFF1816G12100F 

01121 CB4335 

01121 CB6815 

01121 CB1535 

01121 CB2025 

01121 CB3925 

01121 CB1815 

01121 CB4745 

01121 CB4735 

01121 CB1045 

01121 CB1025 

01121 C31025 

01121 CB5605 

01121 CB1015 

01121 CB6815 

01121 CB4715 

01121 CB7515 

01121 CB3915 

01121 CB7545 

01121 CB3345 

01121 CB7505 

01121 CB6805 

01121 CB1025 

01121 CB1025 

01121 CB4315 

01121 CB2715 

01121 CB4315 

01121 CB1015 

01121 CB6205 

01121 CB4705 

91637 MFF1816G30100F 

01121 CB2425 

01121 CB6225 

01121 CB2015 

01121 CB1015 

01121 CB2435 

91637 MFF1816G31600F 

01121 CB4325 

01121 CB1035 

01121 CB1525 



7-16 



Replaceable Electrical Parts— SC 504 



Ckt No. 



Tektronix Serial/Model No. 
Part No. Eff Dscont 



Name & Description 



Mtr 
Code 



Mtr Part Number 



R3256 


315-0821-00 


R3257 


315-0302-00 


R3258 


315-0182-00 


R3259 


315-0202-00 


R3260 


315-0511-00 


R3262 


315-0202-00 


R3264 


315-0681-00 


R3266 


315-0302-00 


R3268 


315-0333-00 


R3273 


321-0310-00 


R3274 


321-0260-00 


R3275 


315-0102-00 


R3276 


315-0622-00 


R3277 


321-0241-00 


R3278 


315-0471-00 


R3279 


315-0751-00 


R3281 


315-0751-00 


R3282 


315-0103-00 


R3283 


315-0751-00 


R3284 


315-0751-00 


R3285 


315-0751-00 


R3286 


315-0103-00 


R3287 


315-0101-00 


R3288 


315-0470-00 


R3289 


315-0470-00 


R3290 


315-0152-00 


R3292 


315-0470-00 


R3294 


315-0470-00 


R3296 


315-0183-00 


R3315 


315-0104-00 


R3320 


315-0240-00 


R3322 


321-0074-00 


R3324 


321-0074-00 


R3328 


315-0240-00 


R3336 


311-1224-00 


R3338 


315-0562-00 


R3344 


315-0103-00 


R3346 


321-0239-00 


R3347 


315-0470-00 


R3348 


315-0152-00 


R3350 


315-0201-00 


R3352 


315-0152-00 


R3358 


315-0621-00 


R3362 


315-0201-00 


R3364 


315-0622-00 


R3365 


315-0102-00 


R3365 


315-0102-00 


R3367 


315-0102-00 


R3369 


315-0100-00 


R3372 


321-0326-00 


R3373 


315-0103-00 


R3375 


321-0260-00 


R3378 


315-0362-00 



RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 

RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 

RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 

RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 

RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 

RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 

RES. 

RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 

RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 

RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 

RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 

RES. 
RES. 
RES. 



FXD,CMPSN:820 OHM,5% r 0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:3K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:1.8K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:2K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:510 OHM,5%,0.25W 

FXD,CMPSN:2K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:680 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:3K OHM,5% r 0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:33K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,FILM:16.5K OHM,1%,0.125W 

FXD,FILM:4.99K OHM,1%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:6.2K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,FILM:3.16K OHM,1%,0. 125W 
FXD,CMPSN:470 OHM,5%,0.25W 

FXD,CMPSN:750 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:750 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:750 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:750 OHM,5%,0.25W 

FXD,CMPSN:750 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:47 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:47 OHM,5%,0.25W 

FXD,CMPSN:1.5K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CHPSN:47 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:47 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:18K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM r 5%,0.25W 

FXD,CMPSN:24 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,FILM:57.6 OHM,1%,0.125W 
FXD,FILM:57.6 OHM,1%,0.125W 
FXD,CMPSN:24 OHM,5%,0.25W 
VAR,NONWIR:500 OHM,20%,O.50W 

FXD,CMPSN:5.6K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,FILM:3.01K OHM,l% , 0. 125W 
FXD,CMPSN:47 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:1.5K OHM,5%,0.25W 

FXD,CMPSN:200 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:1.5K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:620 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:200 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:6.2K OHM,5%,0.25W 

FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:10 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,FILM:24.3K OHM,l% , 0. 125W 

FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5% r 0.25W 
FXD,FILM:4.99K OHM,1%,0.125W 
FXD,CMPSN:3.6K OHM,5%,0.25W 



01121 CB8215 

01121 CB3025 

01121 CB1825 

01121 CB2025 

01121 CB5115 

01121 CB2025 

01121 CB6815 

01121 CB3025 

01121 CB3335 

91637 MFF1816G16501F 

91637 MFF1816G49900F 

01121 CB1025 

01121 CB6225 

91637 MFF1816G31600F 

01121 CB4715 

01121 CB7515 

01121 CB7515 

01121 CB1035 

01121 CB7515 

01121 CB7515 

01121 CB7515 

01121 CB1035 

01121 CB1015 

01121 CB4705 

01121 CB4705 

01121 CB1525 

01121 CB4705 

01121 CB4705 

01121 CB1835 

01121 CB1045 

01121 CB2405 

91637 MFF1816G57R60F 

91637 MFF1816G57R60F 

01121 CB2405 

32997 3386F-T04-501 

01121 CB5625 

01121 CB1035 

91637 MFF1816G30100F 

01121 CB4705 

01121 CB1525 

01121 CB2015 

01121 CB1525 

01121 CB6215 

01121 CB2015 

01121 CB6225 

01121 C31025 

01121 CB1025 

01121 CB1025 

01121 CB1005 

91637 MFF1816G24301F 

01121 CB1035 

91637 MFF1816G49900F 

01121 CB3625 



7-17 



Replaceable Electrical Parts— SC 504 



Ckt No. 



Tektronix Serial/Model No. 
Part No. Eff Dscont 



Name & Description 



Mfr 
Code 



Mfr Part Number 



R3382 


315-0181-00 


R3386 


315-0103-00 


R3388 


321-0241-00 


R3460 


321-0306-01 


R3461 


321-0236-00 


R3462 


321-0263-00 


R3463 


321-0306-01 


R3464 


315-0562-00 


R3466 


311-1224-00 


R3469 


315-0432-00 


R3470 


315-0100-00 


R3472 


315-0392-00 


R3474 


315-0102-00 


R3475 


315-0102-00 


R3476 


315-0103-00 


R3477 


315-0222-00 


R3479 


315-0101-00 


R3480 


315-0562-00 


R3482 


315-0270-00 


R3484 


315-0103-00 


R3485 


315-0621-00 


R3486 


315-0270-00 


R3487 


315-0103-00 


R3488 


315-0621-00 


R3490 


308-0685-00 


R3492 


308-0685-00 


R3494 


321-0241-00 


R3496 


315-0103-00 


R3498 


315-0105-00 


R3510 


315-0104-00 


R3511 


315-0114-00 


R3521 


315-0105-00 


R3522 


315-0270-00 


R3523 


315-0240-00 


R3526 


321-0052-00 


R3527 


311-1221-00 


R3528 


321-0179-00 


R3529 


321-0179-00 


R4112 


321-0294-00 


R4113 


321-0345-00 


R4115 


315-0620-00 


R4127 


315-0101-00 


R4130 


315-0620-00 


R4132 


321-0284-00 


R4133 


301-0223-00 


R4135 


321-0186-00 


R4136 


321-0186-00 


R4139 


315-0620-00 


R4142 


315-0101-00 


R4143 


321-0171-00 


R4145 


315-0620-00 


R4212 


315-0470-00 


R4216 


321-0171-00 



RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 

RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 

RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 

RES. 

RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 

RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 

RES. 

RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 

RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 

RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 

RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 

RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 
RES. 

RES. 
RES. 

RES. 



FXD,CMPSN:180 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,FILM:3.16K OHM,l%,0.125W 
FXD,FILM:15K OHM,0.5%,0.125W 
FXD,FILM:2.8K OHM, 1% , 0. 125W 

FXD,FILM:5.36K OHM,l% , 0. 125W 
FXD,FILM:15K OHM,0. 5% , 0. 125W 
FXD,CMPSN:5.6K OHM,5%,0.25W 
VAR,NONWIR:500 OHM, 20%, 0. 50W 
FXD,CMPSN:4.3K OHM,5%,0.25W 

FXD,CMPSN:10 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:3.9K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W 

FXD,CMPSN:2.2K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:5.6K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:27 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W 

FXD,CMPSN:620 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:27 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:620 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,WW:1.5 OHM,10%,1W 

FXD,WW:1.5 OHM,10%,lW 
FXD,FILM:3.16K OHM,1%,0.125W 
FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:1M OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.25W 

FXD,CMPSN:110K OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:1M OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:27 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:24 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,FILM:34 OHM,l% ,0. 125W 

VAR,NONWIR:50 OHM, 20% , 0. 50W 
FXD,FILM:715 OHM,1%,0.125W 
FXD,FILM:715 OHM, 1% , 0. 125W 
FXD,FILM:11.3K OHM,1%,0.125W 
FXD,FILM:38.3K OHM,1%,0.125W 

FXD,CMPSN:62 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:62 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,FILM:8.87K OHM, 1% ,0. 125W 
FXD,CMPSN:22K OHM,5%,0.5OW 

FXD,FILM:845 OHM,1%,0.125W 
FXD,FILM:845 OHM,1%,0.125W 
FXD,CMPSN:62 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,FILM:590 OHM, 1% , 0. 125W 

FXD,CMPSN:62 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,CMPSN:47 OHM,5%,0.25W 
FXD,FILM:590 OHM, 1% , 0. 125W 



01121 CB1815 

01121 CB1035 

91637 MFF1816G316O0F 

91637 MFF1816G15001D 

91637 MFF1816G28000F 

91637 MFF1816G53600F 

91637 MFF1816G15001D 

01121 CB5625 

32997 3386F-T04-501 

01121 CB4325 

01121 CB1005 

01121 CB3925 

01121 CB1025 

01121 CB1025 

01121 CB1035 

01121 CB2225 

01121 CB1015 

01121 CB5625 

01121 CB2705 

01121 CB1035 

01121 CB6215 

01121 CB2705 

01121 CB1035 

01121 CB6215 

75042 BW20-1R500J 

75042 BW20-1R500J 

91637 MFF1816G31600F 

01121 CB1035 

01121 CB1055 

01121 CB1045 



01121 


CB1145 


01121 


CB1055 


01121 


CB2705 


01121 


CB2405 


91637 


MFF1816G34R00F 


32997 


3386F-T04-500 


91637 


MFF1816G715R0F 


91637 


MFF1816G715R0F 


91637 


MFF1816G11301F 


91637 


MFF1816G38301F 


01121 


CB6205 


01121 


CB1015 


01121 


CB6205 


91637 


MFF1816G88700F 


01121 


EB2235 


91637 


MFF1816G845R0F 


91637 


MFF1816G845R0F 


01121 


CB6205 


01121 


CB1015 


91637 


MFF1816G590R0F 


01121 


CB6205 


01121 


CB4705 


91637 


MFF1816G590R0F 



7.1H 



Replaceable Electrical Parts— SC 504 



Tektronix Serial/Model No. 
Ckt No. Part No. Eff Dscont 



Name & Description 



Mfr 

Code 



Mfr Part Number 



R4217 


321-0313-00 


R4218 


321-0275-00 


R4220 


321-0211-00 


R4221 


315-0621-00 


R4223 


321-0289-00 


R4224 


321-0284-00 


R4225 


315-0470-00 


R4227 


315-0621-00 


R4228 


321-0261-00 


R4233 


315-0102-00 


R4237 


301-0223-00 


R4238 


321-0284-00 


R4242 


321-0284-00 


R4243 


321-0289-00 


R4245 


315-0470-00 


R4248 


321-0231-00 


R4249 


315-0472-00 


R4336 


321-0201-00 


R4339 


315-0472-00 


R4340 


321-0271-00 


R4341 


321-0081-00 


R4342 


321-0274-00 


R4344 


321-0271-00 


R4346 


321-0230-00 


R4348 


321-0201-00 


RT2120 


307-0181-00 


RT2210 


307-0127-00 


S1110 


260-1811-00 


S1130 1 


263-1164-00 


S1160 1 




S1325 


263-1167-00 


S1525 


263-1167-00 



S2285 260-1686-00 
S2375 263-1163-00 
S3315 263-1165-00 
S3511A-C 263-0015-06 
S3512A 263-0010-00 



S3512B 


263-0010-00 


S3512C 


263-0010-00 


T1385 


108-0828-00 


T1455 


120-1167-00 


T1475 


120-1016-00 


U1270 


156-0067-00 


U2170 


156-0038-00 


U2263 


156-0067-00 


U2480 


156-0067-00 


U3120 


156-0067-00 


U3125 


156-0067-00 


U3148 


156-0067-00 


U3158 


155-0122-00 


U3238 


155-0109-01 


U3276 


156-0860-00 



RES.,FXD,FILM:17.8K 0HM,1%, 0.125W 
RES.,FXD,FILM:7.15K OHM,1%,0.125W 
RES.,FXD,FILM:1.54K 0HM,1% , 0.125W 
RES.,FXD,CHPSN:620 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,FILM:10K 0HM,1% , 0. 125W 

RES. ,FXD, FILM :8.87K OHM, 1%,0.125W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:47 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:620 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,FILM:5.11K 0HM,1%, 0. 125W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W 

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:22K OHM,5%,0.50W 



RES., FXD, FILM 
RES., FXD, FILM 
RES., FXD, FILM 



8.87K OHM,1%,0.125W 
8.87K OHM,1%,0.125W 
10K OHM,1%,0.125W 



RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:47 OHM,5%,0.25W 

RES. , FXD, FILM :2.49K OHM,1%,0.125W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:4.7K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,FILM:1.21K OHM,1%,0. 125W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:4.7K OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,FILM:6.49K OHM,1%,0.125W 

RES.,FXD,FILM:68.1 0HM,1% , 0. 125W 
RES.,FXD,FILM:6.98K OHM,1%,0.125W 
RES.,FXD,FILM:6.49K OHM,1%,0.125W 
RES.,FXD,FILM:2.43K OHM,1%,0.125W 
RES.,FXD,FILM:1.21K 0HM,1%, 0. 125W 

RES., THERMAL :100K OHM,10%,4MW/DEG C 
RES. , THERMAL: IK OHM, 10% 

SWITCH,SLIDE:DPDT,0.5A,125VAC DC 
ACTR ASSY, CAM S:TIME/DIV 

ACTR ASSY, CAM S : ATTENUATOR 
ACTR ASSY, CAM S : ATTENUATOR 

SWITCH, PUSH :1 STA,2 POLE , MOMENTARY 
ACTR ASSY, CAM S: DISPLAY MODE 
ACTR ASSY, CAM S: TRIGGER SOURCE 
ACTR ASSY,PB:2 LATCH, 1 CANCEL, 7. 5MM 
SWITCH, PB ASSY:1 PUSH ,7. 5MM,WITH 2 CONTACTS 

SWITCH r PB ASSY:1 PUSH, 7 . 5MM,WITH 2 CONTACTS 
SWITCH, PB ASSY:1 PUSH,7.5MM,WITH 2 CONTACTS 

COIL , RF : 65UH , TOROIDAL 

TRANSFORMER, RF:TOROID, 5 TURNS BIFILAR 

XFMR,PWR,SDN/SU:HIGH VOLTAGE 

MICROCIRCUIT,LI:OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:J-K MASTER SLAVE FLIP-FLOP 
MICROCIRCUIT, LI OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 
MICRCCIRCUIT, LI: OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 
MICROCIRCUIT , LI : OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 

MICROCIRCUIT, LI OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 
MICROCIRCUIT, LI OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 
MICROCIRCUIT, DI: A & B LOGIC 200 OHM PER 
MICROCIRCUIT, LI :MONOLITHIC TRIG 
MICROCIRCUIT, DI:TRIPLE LINE RECEIVER 



91637 MFF1816G17801F 

91637 MFF1816G71500F 

91637 MFF1816G15400F 

01121 CB6215 

91637 MFF1816G10001F 

91637 MFF1816G88700F 

01121 CB4705 

01121 CB6215 

91637 MFF1816G51100F 

01121 CB1025 

01121 EB2235 

91637 MFF1816G88700F 

91637 MFF1816G88700F 

91637 MFF1816G10001F 

01121 CB4705 

91637 MFF1816G24900F 

01121 CB4725 

91637 MFF1816G12100F 

01121 CB4725 

91637 MFF1816G64900F 

91637 MFF1816G68R10F 

91637 MFF1816G69800F 

91637 MFF1816G64900F 

91637 MFF1816G24300F 

91637 MFF1816G12100F 



15454 


1DE104-K-220EC 


50157 


2D1596 


82389 


C56206L2 


80009 


263-1164-00 


80009 


263-1167-00 


80009 


263-1167-00 


80009 


260-1686-00 


80009 


263-1163-00 


80009 


263-1165-00 


80009 


263-0015-06 


80009 


263-0010-00 


80009 


263-0010-00 


80009 


263-0010-00 


80009 


108-0828-00 


80009 


120-1167-00 


80009 


120-1016-00 


80009 


156-0067-00 


80009 


156-0038-00 


80009 


156-0067-00 


80009 


156-0067-00 


80009 


156-0067-00 


80009 


156-0067-00 


80009 


156-0067-00 


80009 


155-0122-00 


80009 


155-0109-01 


80009 


156-0860-00 



7-19 



Replaceable Electrical Parts— SC 504 



Ckt No. 



U4345 

V10OO 

VR1248 
VR1282 
VR1490 
VR2420 
VR2429 

VR3465 
VR3479 

VR4120 



Tektronix 
Part No. 



Serial/Model No. 
Eff Dscont 



Name & Description 



155-0124-00 

154-0730-05 

152-0227-00 
152-0405-00 
152-0285-00 
152-0309-00 
152-0309-00 

152-0227-00 
152-0590-00 
152-0265-00 



MICROCIRCUIT,LI:HORIZ0NTAL PREAMPL 

ELECTRON TUBE:CRT,P31,INT SCALE 

SEMICOND DEVICE :ZENER,0.4W, 6.2V, 5% 
SEMICOND DEVICE:ZENER,1W,15V,5% 
SEMICOND DEVICE:ZENER,0.4W,62V,5% 
SEMICOND DEVICE :ZENER,1W, 6.2V, 5% 
SEMICOND DEVICE :ZENER,1W, 6.2V, 5% 

SEMICOND DEVICE:ZENER,0.4W,6.2V,5% 
SEMICOND DEVICE :ZENER, 18V, 5% AT 7MA 
SEMICOND DEVICE :ZENER,0.4W, 24V, 5% 



Mfr 

Code Mfr Part Number 



80009 155-0124-00 

80009 154-0730-05 

80009 152-0227-00 

80009 152-0405-00 

04713 1N980B 

04713 1N3828A 

04713 1N3828A 

80009 152-0227-00 

04713 1N967B 

04713 1N970B 



7-20 



SC504 



DIAGRAMS AND CIRCUIT BOARD ILLUSTRATIONS 



Symbols and Reference Designators 

Electrical components shown on the diagrams are in the following units unless noted otherwise: 

Capacitors = Values one or greater are in picofarads (pF). 
Values less than one are in microfarads (//F). 
Resistors = Ohms (£2). 

Graphic symbols and class designation letters are based on ANSI Standard Y32.2-1975. 

Logic symbologv is based on ANSI Y32.14-1973 in terms of positive logic. Logic symbols depict the logic 
function performed and may differ from the manufacturer's data. 

Abbreviations are based on ANSI Y1. 1-1 972. 

Other ANSI standards that are used in the preparation of diagrams by Tektronix, Inc. are: 

Y14.15, 1966 Drafting Practices. 
Y14.2, 1973 Line Conventions and Lettering. 

Y10.5, 1968 Letter Symbols for Quantities Used in Electrical Science and 

Electrical Engineering. 

The following prefix letters are used as reference designators to identify components or assemblies on the diagrams. 

S Switch or contactor 

T Transformer 

TC Thermocouple 
TP Test point 

U Assembly, inseparable or non-repairable 

(integrated circuit, etc.) 
Electron tube 



A 


Assembly, separable or repairable 




(circuit board, etc) 


AT 


Attenuator, fixed or variable 


B 


Motor 


BT 


Battery 


C 


Capacitor, fixed or variable 


CB 


Circuit breaker 


CR 


Diode, signal or rectifier 


DL 


Delay line 


DS 


Indicating device (lamp) 


E 


Spark Gap, Ferrite bead 


F 


Fuse 


FL 


Filter 



H 


Heat dissipating device (heat sink 




heat radiator, etc) 


HR 


Heater 


HY 


Hybrid circuit 


J 


Connector, stationary portion 


K 


Relay 


L 


Inductor, fixed or variable 


M 


Meter 


P 


Connector, movable portion 


Q 


Transistor or silicon-controlled 




rectifier 


R 


Resistor, fixed or variable 


RT 


Thermistor 



V 
VR 
W 
Y 

Z 



The following special symbols may appear on the diagrams: 



Strap or Link 

Cam Switch 
Closure Chart 
(Dot indicates 
switch closure 



SEL Value Selected 
at Factory 



Test Voltage 



Internal 

Screwdriver 

Adjustment 



Assembly Number 
Board Name 




J PARTI ALTAI VERTICAL BOARP 



VERTICM. AMPLIFiER<|>*' 



Voltage regulator (zener diode, etc.) 
Wirestrap or cable 
Crystal 
Phase shifter 



Plug to EC. Board 

Box I Identifies Panel 
Controls, Connectors and 
Indicators 

Modified Component— See 
Parts List (Depicted in grey, 
or with grey outline) 

Plug Index 

Refer to Waveform 

Refer to Diagram Number 
Coaxial Connector 



Shielding 
Heat Sink 

Decoupled or Filtered 
Voltage 

Etched Circuit Board 
Outlined in Black 

Schematic Name 
and Number 



CH 1 
TRIG OUT 



28B 4r 



(5) 



i 



CH 1 



I 



L-1J 

15A 



CH 1 
VERT IN 



CH2 
VERT IN 



14A 



17A 






16A ^- 






!~CH2J (g. 



' EXT I ($- 
I TRIG I KZT 



15B < Qr 



INT 
TRIG 14B ^- 



INTENSIFY 

19B ^- 



CH 1 TRIG 
INTERFACE 
AMPLIFIER 



<3> 



CH1 

INPUT 

SOURCE 

COUPLING 

ATTEN 



<£> 



CH2 
INPUT 
SOURCE <V> 
COUPLING v 
ATTEN 



LINE 
TRIGGER 

<3> 



CH1 
VERTICAL 
PRE AMP 



<Q> 



CH 2 
VERTICAL 
PRE AMP 



<E> 




DELAY 
LINE 

<3> 



TRIGGER 
VIEW 

<3><S> 



TRIG SOURCE 

& 

COUPLING 



<3> 



CALIBRATOR 



l_CAL_l 

-o" 



TRIGGER 
COMPARATOR 



J&. 



TRIGGER y. 

LEVEL «> 
CONTROL V 



<£ 



LOW VOLTS <9) 

POWER V 

SUPPLIES <10) 



SOURCE FOR 
ALL CIRCUITS 



HIGH VOLTS - 
POWER 

SUPPLIES 



REV A, FEB 1979 



SC504 



RATIONS 



ie logic 



on the diagrams. 

;h or contactor 

jformer 

nocouple 

point 

nbly, inseparable or non-repairable 

grated circuit, etc.) 

ron tube 

ge regulator (zener diode, etc.) 

strap or cable 

tal 

e shifter 



lug to E.C. Board 

Sox I Identifies Panel 
ontrols, Connectors and 
idicators 

Modified Component— See 
arts List (Depicted in grey, 
r with grey outline) 

'lug Index 

efer to Waveform 

iefer to Diagram Number 
;oaxial Connector 

shielding 
teat Sink 

Jecoupled or Filtered 
'oltage 

itched Circuit Board 
)utlined in Black 



CH 1 
TRIG OUT 



28B ^- 



£ 



<-&> 
«» 



L c _ H i_. (§- 



VERT IN 



CH2 
VERT IN 



17A 






16A ^- 



t 



! CH2 J 



@- 



I EXT 
I TRIG 



15B < & 



INT 
TRIG 14B ^- 



INTENSIFY 

19B ^- 



CH 1 TRIG 
INTERFACE 
AMPLIFIER 



<4> 



CH1 

INPUT 

SOURCE 

COUPLING 

ATTEN 



o 



CH1 
VERTICAL 
PRE AMP 



♦ 



CH2 
INPUT 
SOURCE <V> 
COUPLING N/ 
ATTEN 



CH2 
VERTICAL 
PRE AMP 



<?> 



TRIG SOURCE 

& 

COUPLING 



<3> 



LINE 
TRIGGER 

<3> 



CALIBRATOR 



l_CAL_l 

-o 



LOW VOLTS <^> 
POWER V 

SUPPLIES <1Q> 



SOURCE FOR 
ALL CIRCUITS 




DELAY 
LINE 

<3> 



TRIGGER 
VIEW 



TRACE 
ROTATION 



VERTICAL 

OUTPUT 

AMPLIFIER 



<2> 



CHANNEL SW 

LOGIC & CHOP 

OSCILLATOR 



<s> 



TRIGGER 
COMPARATOR 



£- 



TRIGGER 

LEVEL 
CONTROL 



^ 



TRIGGER 
RECOG- 
NIZER 

& 

GATE 

SELECTOR 

<£<3> 



SWEEP 
CONTROL 

<5> 



HORIZONTAL 

DEFLECTION 

AMPLIFIER 



3> 




SWEEP 
GENERATOR 



Z-AXIS 

AMPLIFIER 



A 



HIGH VOLTS 

POWER 

SUPPLIES 



a 

3 

w 



CRT 
BIAS 



Schematic Name 
nd Number 



REV A, FEB 1979 



SC504 



TRIGGERING MODE 


Auto 


TRIGGERING CPLG 


AC 


TRIGGERING SLOPE 


+ 


TRIGGERING LEVEL 


Midrange 


INTEN 


Midrange 


DISPLAY 


ALT 


HORIZ Position 


Midrange 


SECONDS/DIV 


2m 


CAL/HORIZ MAG 


cw and out 



WAVEFORM DIAGRAMS 



TRIGGER BOARD CONNECTOR REAR VIEW 



INTER 



Trigger 
signal, TP3136 

Trigger 
comparator, 
pin 13 U3238 

Triggered 

gate, pin 4 U3238 

Auto gate 
output 

Sweep gate 

input. 

pin 6 U3158 

Ramp, collector 
Q1242 

End of sweep, 
pin 12 U3158 

Holdoff 
Timing ramp, 
U3158 pin 11 

Free-run 

timing, pin 3 U3158 

Horiz signal, 
pin 9 U4345 

Left crt 
deflection plate 

Blanking Z-axis 
base Q3244 

Z axis drive 
Q1289 Collector 



Alt drive, 
pin 3 J3350 



+.25 V 



ASSIGNMENTS 



jxaKjv. 



o v 



\AAA/W\T 

\MAA/W 
n i 



FUNCTION 



CONTACT 




Channel 1 Trigger Out 28B 

Ground (Channel 1 Trigger Out) 27B 

Triggered Gate Out 26B 

Triggered Gate Out 25B 

Gate Select In 24B 

External Gate In 23B 



External Gate In 22B 

Holdoff Out 2 1 B 

Holdoff Out 2 OB 

Intensify In 1 9B . 

18B. 

17B 

16B 

Interface Trigger In 1 5B 

Ground (Interface Trigger In) 1 4B 



500 mV | 



\— /-iovV- 1 «lgne?rt P 5wertplat. \_J \J \_J \J \J \J \ 



in 

h 



+100 mV 
+34 V 



+10 V 



. +.65 V 
1+.16 V 



V 



U L O l O L xJHJh 



H«- 



ASSIGNMENTS 




CONTACTS 

28A 

— 27A 

— 26A 
25A 

— 24A 

23A 

22A 

— 21A 

— 20A 

— 19A 

— 18A 
17A 

16A 
15A 
14A 



FUNCTION 



A Gate Out 
Ground (A Gate Out) 
External Z-Axis In 
Ground (External Z-Axis In) 



FUNCTIOl 



Collector Lead o 



Light Out 

+5 Volts 

Ramp Out 

Ground (Channel 2 Vertical In) 

Channel 2 Vertical In 

Ground (Channel 1 Vertical In) 

Channel 1 Vertical In 



Collector Lead c 



2296-14 



Fig. 8-1 



2296-13 



Fig. 8-2 



REV A, FEB 1979 



TRIGGER BOARD CONNECTOR REAR VIEW 



INTERFACE BOARD CONNECTOR REAR VIEW 



r \j r V\AT 
n r~i_i 




JL 



ji 



A A 



j] 



n 


n 


n 


n 


h 


h 



ASSIGNMENTS 

FUNCTION CONTACT 



Channel 1 Trigger Out 28B 

Ground (Channel 1 Trigger Out) 27B . 

Triggered Gate Out 26B . 

Triggered Gate Out 25B . 

Gate Select In 24B . 

External Gate In 23B 



External Gate In 22B 



Holdoff Out 2TB 

HoldoffOut 2 OB 

Intensify In 1 9B 

18B. 

17B 

16B 

Interface Trigger In 1 5B • 

Ground (Interface Trigger In) 1 4B 



n 



H*- 



■* 



r«- 



l-#- 



I 



-J 



h«- 






vr 



ASSIGNMENTS 



CONTACTS 

28A 

27A 

26A 

25A 

24A 

— 23A 
22A 

21A 

20A 

19A 

— 18A 
17A 

— 16A 

— 15A 

— 14A 



FUNCTION 



A Gate Out 
Ground (A Gate Out) 
External Z-Axis In 
Ground (External Z-Axis In) 



Light Out 

+5 Volts 

Ramp Out 

Ground (Channel 2 Vertical In) 

Channel 2 Vertical In 

Ground (Channel 1 Vertical In) 
Channel 1 Vertical In 



ASSIGNMENTS LjJ ASSIGNMENTS 

FUNCTION CONTACTS ^ CONTACTS FUNCTION 



Collector Lead of PNP Series-Pass 11 B 

10B- 
9B- 
8B- 

Collector Lead of NPN Series-Pass 7B • 

6B- 
5B- 

4B- 

3B- 
2B- 
1B. 



2296-14 



-11A 
-10A 

■ 9A 

■ 8A 
- 7A 
• 6A 
. 5A 

4A 

3A 
2A 
1A 



Base Lead of PNP Series-Pass 
Emitter Lead of PNP Series-Pass 



Emitter Lead of NPN Series-Pass 
Base Lead of NPN Series-Pass 



2296-15 



2296-13 



Fig. 8-2 



Fig. 8-3 



REV A, FEB 1979 



A 



B 



C 



D 



£ 



F 



Table 8-1 

INDEX TO COMPONENT LOCATIONS ON SCHEMATIC 



CKT 


GRID 


CKT 


GRID 


CKT 


GRID 


CKT 


GRID 


NO 


LOC 


NO 


LOC 


NO 


LOC 


NO 


LOC 


C1410 


F2 


HY1430-3J6 


R1360 


J7 


R1548 


K1 


C1411 


F4 


HY1430-4J6 


R1361 


J8 


R1549 


K1 


C1420 


F2 


HY1430-5J6 


R1362 


K8 


R1554 


K4 


C1430 


F3 


HY1520 


B2 


R1363 


L8 


R1556 


L3 


C1445 


L1 


HY1530 


F2 


R1364 


K7 


R1557 


L3 


C1446 


J5 






R1400 


A3 


R1560 


K4 


C1447 


L2 






R1410 


F2 


R1565 


F4 


C1459 


L6 


K3386 


E5 


R1411 


F4 


R2182 


E6 


C1525 


K2 






R1415 


B5 


R2183 


D6 


C1527 


K2 






R1420 


F2 


R2185 


E6 


C1530 


H4 


L1564 


B7 


R1423 


K4 


R2186 


E6 


C1540 


K1 


L1566 


B6 


R1435 


F3 


R2497A 


F5 


C1547 


K1 


L3170 


E7 


R1438 


F3 


R3178 


D7 


C1548 


L3 


L3172 


E6 


R1440 


F4 


R3184 


E7 


C1556 


B7 






R1442 


J5 


R3185 


E7 


C1558 


B6 






R1443 


F4 


R3186 


E6 


C3176 
C3189 


F7 
E6 


Q1435A 


F3 


R1444 


F4 


R3188 


F7 


Q1435B 


F3 


R1445 


L2 


R3286 


E5 






Q1456 


J7 


R1446 


J5 






CR1430 
CR1457 
CR1466 
CR1469 


F3 
J6 
J7 

J6 


Q1458 
Q1460 
Q1462 
Q1555 
Q3178 


K7 
L7 
K7 
J5 
E7 


R1453 
R1455 
R1464 
R1466 
R1510 


L1 
K2 
K7 
K7 

C5 


S1525A 
S1525B 
S2285 
S3386 


B2 
C1 
H7 
E6 


CR1555 


J6 


Q3188 


F5 


R1531 


L2 






CR3188 
CR3285 


F7 
E5 


Q3286 


E5 


R1532 


K2 


T1455 


L6 



(SHO\JU IK! AC POSITIOH) 



DC 
SNO 

INT 



• .L__? 

I _• .£. _• — 

• • 



















VOLTS/ DIV | 










SI5E5B (SHCWK! 110 5^V POSITION') 


• 








• 




• 








• 




• 








• 


IOV 


• 








• 




• 








• 




• 








• 


SV 






• 








• 








• 




• 








• 


EV 






• 








• 








• 




• 








• 


IV 






• 








• 








• 




• 








• 


.SV 






• 












• 








• 








• 


.2V 






• 












• 








• 








• 


.IV 






• 












• 








• 








• 


SOmV 






• 












• 












• 






eo^v 






• 












• 












• 






IOrr>V 






• 












• 












• 






5mV (CW) 




8 



SC504 



KtV A,F£B 1973 



A 



B 



C 



D 



E 



F 



H 



J 



K 



L 



I 



M 



51525*, 
(SHOVJKJ IN AC P05IT\0W') 



DC 

GND 

AC 

INT 



_•_ i_.L * 

• • • 

I 





VOLTS/DIV | 


SI525B (SHOWM IV1 5m\/ POSITION^ 






• 








• 
















• 








■ 


tov 


• 












• 




• 












• 


• 








• 
















• 








• 


5V 






• 




• 








• 












• 


























• 








• 


EV 


• 












• 




• 












• 


























• 








• 


IV 






• 




• 








• 












• 


























• 








• 


.SV 






• 




• 












• 




• 






















• 








• 








t 


.2V 


• 












• 




• 












• 


















• 








• 








• 


.IV 






• 




• 








• 












• 


















• 








• 








• 


50mV 






• 




• 












• 




• 






















• 












• 






fcOmV 


• 












• 




• 












• 


















• 












• 






lOmV 






• 




• 








• 












• 


















• 












• 






5 mV (CW) 






• 




• 












• 




• 







R1S49 CI540 



°#h 



C1547 RI548 
— )\ W» — 



CI44S RI453 
.0O47 3.1 K 



-^t 2 - 



GAIK1 



ifc 



'-^"^"'■.K 



-*«p&- 



iW51tt C15£5 © 
? 33 IJ 



RIS3I 
33 



RI40O 
JfOO 56 

(3 Wv — » 



4- 



7 



8 




SC504 



RS.Y A,FE.B I373 



CHANNEL 1 PREAMPLIFIER <J> 



SC504 



MAIN CIRCUIT BOARD 




J142Q 
Ch. 2 Vert. SW. Brd. I 'fSf [ 



^ C1410| -g) ©- B1410| -® SHC14201-® 

@ <T4ii^@^i7iiU s ^Bi420te 



®HR1423r^ 

hYIkQ 



Ch. 1 Vert. SW. Brd. 



1 -W1510K 






siMnsJI 



Fig. 8-4 



@ 



A 



B 



C 



D 



E 



F 



Table 8-2 

INDEX TO COMPONENT LOCATIONS ON SCHEMATIC 



CKT 


GRID 


CKT 


GRID 


CKT 


GRID 


CKT 


GRID 


NO 


LOC 


NO 


LOC 


NO 


LOC 


NO 


LOC 


C1310 


F2 


K3385 


E5 


R1326 


K6 


R2166 


F7 


C1311 


F4 






R1327 


J6 


R2172 


H7 


C1320 


F2 






R1335 


F3 


R2175 


H7 


C1330 


F3 


L1358 


B6 


R1339 


F4 


R2176 


H7 


C1340 


K1 


L1359 


B7 


R1340 


F4 


R2182 


E6 


C1342 


J5 


L2277 


F6 


R1341 


J5 


R2183 


D6 


C1345 


K2 






R1342 


F4 


R2185 


E5 


C1349 


K2 






R1343 


F4 


R2186 


E6 


C1350 


K1 


Q1255 


L2 


R1344 


J5 


R2188 


E7 


C1355 


B6 


Q1335B 


F3 


R1345 


K2 


R2189 


D7 


C1357 


B7 


Q1335B 


F3 


R1346 


K2 


R2190 


D7 


C1425 


K2 


Q1455 


K7 


R1347 


K1 


R2192 


H7 


C1429 


H4 


Q1555 


L7 


R1348 


K1 


R2194 


E7 


C1448 


L4 


Q2162 


F7 


R1349 


K1 


R2195 


E7 


C1457 


K7 


Q2165 


F8 


R1350 


L2 


R2268 


F7 


C2166 


H7 


Q2180 


E7 


R1351 


L3 


R2273 


F7 


C2183 


E6 


Q2280 


D7 


R1352 


L2 


R2275 


H7 


C3290 


E5 


Q3280 


E5 


R1355 


J6 


R2497B 


F5 










R1356 


K6 


R3282 


E5 


CR1252 


L2 


R1166 


M2 


R1357 


L3 






CR1330 


F2 


R1259 


L1 


R1365 


J6 


S1325A 


B2 


CR1457 


L7 


R1300 


A3 


R1417 


C5 


S1325B 


C1 


CR3284 


E5 


R1310 


E2 


R1431 


K2 


S2375 


E8 






R1311 


F4 


R1432 


K2 


S3385 


E6 






R1315 


B5 


RT570 


F4 






HY1320 


B3 


R1325 


F2 


R1570 


J5 


U2170 


F7 


HY1430 


F3 















VOLTS/pIV | si^5B (SHOWN IN 5irV FOSVTIOnO 



SI325A 
SHOWN IK1 AC POSITION 



DC 
GN& 

AC 
INT 



•_ • • • 

~~ I _ ' _•_ • • • 



• 








• 


























lOV 


• 








• 


























5V 






• 






























2V 






• 






























IV 






• 






























.5V 






• 












• 


















-2V 






• 












• 


















.IV 






• 












• 


















50 ™V 






• 












• 












» 






20 ™V 






• 












• 












• 






I0n-V 






• 












• 












• 






5W CCW) 



7 




II 



JI4I0 I f 

JI4£ql P14EO P338C |0338o | P< ^ T 'M A3 TRISSE-R BOARD 



^5- 



ll 4 J ^lq 






^>>— AA^->> 



| Aq VERTICAL SWITCH BOARD I I ^|q 7 I^L C.U ?T | ^ p- Qvsn 
I I I I PI230 vert MJ Yi6a k - 



H I-" I0K^ 



$1 



+sv a 
CI35S 



T C ipF 

+ iCI3S? 



-5V 







R£4=I7B£»_ 



few i 3< ji 



CH2 



CHAN SWITCHING 

MULTIVIBRATOR 



8 




SC504 




Qc280 



R£Ho£ A.IK 



SE375 



SWOVU 1KI 
CH I MODE 



PARTIAL A^ 
FOCUS % IMTEVJSlTY BOARD 







• 






CH 










• 


CH ! 












ALT 


• 










CHOf 






• 






\-z 






• 






i+i 






• 






XY 



R£V A., FEB \97S 



Zfib-V 



A 



B 



C 



D 



E 



F 



H 



cHa 

INPUT 



3 



RI30O 
5fc 



J 



K 



L 



M 



SI325A 
SHOWN IN AC POSITION 



DC 






• 








• 




• 




• 


GMD 


• 












• 




• 






AC 










* 




• 




• 




• 


INT 


• 




















• 





VOLTSyDIVJ S1S25B (SHOWN IW 5mV POSVTIOkA 
































• 








• 


























IOV 


• 












• 




• 












• 


• 








• 


























5V 






• 




• 








• 












• 




































£V 


• 












• 




• 












• 




































IV 






• 




• 








• 












• 




































.5V 






• 




• 












• 




• 






















• 


















.2V 


• 












• 




• 












• 


















• 


















.IV 






• 




• 








• 












• 


















• 


















50 ™V 






• 




• 












• 




• 






















• 












» 






20 nV 


• 












• 




• 












• 


















• 












• 






|0^V 






• 




• 








• 












• 


















• 












• 






5™V (CW) 






• 




• 












• 




• 






1 




1 




1 




1 




1 




1 




1 




1 




1 




i 




i 




i 




i 




i 




1 




t 




i 



R 1 34=1 

-164 

— Wi — 



-}f 



tr 



4- 



5 



Q 



7 



(2) (3) «) 

—I 1 1 — 



(£) fis") (41 



ill ii 

(0 (& (3> (5) (& (7) 



Hi 



* l( * 



X^U- 



J 1410 



I 




I I I I I I I I 

I I l I I I I I 

(IT) (16) (») («■) (20 (20> (Z3) (tZ~) 



RI348 CI340 

4.7K 0.27 

CI34I RI347 
.0 047 3.9K 
)! V\A/ — i 

)| W\, ' 

CI345 RI346 

20O 2.2 K 

CI349 RI345 

RI432 C1125 R.H3I 
33 2£ 33 
)| 



I.2K 



Q1255 



17 



ex 



-O^TJ— O J ~0- 



DT^Ff 



5 
Cl«=l 



^■° 



r 

4-5V. 



PI4I0 



J^ 



!il 



RI3I5< 
4=1.=! < 



^ 



-o^o-!-^ 



PMIOl 
1 "JI4I0 

JI420I P^O P3380 



|j3380 I 



PARTIAL A3 TRIGGER BOARD 



^T3- 



JI 4 ji *£|r P3 r|> 3 '" r * 82 



I A=1 VERTICAL SWITCH BOARD 



>>-AW^->> 



-^f>^+>. 



LI358 

"+5V t 

• CI355 

+ ici3S? 

liss^T V F 

-5V, 



8 




^ 



RI344 >RI34I 
SK <IOO 

CI 341/77 

O ' 0, Lai355J 
3 I2.K 
Wi 



CHE 



K^ 





, J ^- T6 lr>, P2I?6 



:i 



DIA&<5> 



TO CHOPPER 
DIA& <8> 



4" 3 J!^]P2I?0 PM60 $] 



^ 



i 2 



» 



SC504 



PARTW. A2. 
FOCUS % lUTEUSITY BOARD 



CHOP 



XY 



kJ 



<f 



J14&0 

3 




RI35I 
86.6 
RI35T Jl35 °| 

7 as.7 »-l 

-I Wy ^ 

3 „ TO i\ 

KY 155*3 ' J 4 7 
01AG,<^O 

s - TO 

QIAG<V> 
TO 

^ C114S 
O-Ol 



PI350 






. CH£ 
TRIG . 
DIA& <4> 



QM55 



^ 



CR1457 „. TO 

TV OFF 

DIA&<?> T0 

<r-n^l DIAS<^> 
QI555 




LV 



PARTIAL Al MAIU BOARD 



REV A., FEB 1VT9 



Z29fa--L9 



CHANNEL t. PREAMPLIFIER 
AND CHANNEL SWITCHING 



< 



SC504 



FOCUS AND INTENSITY BOARD 



2200 




Fig. 8-5 



A 



B 



C 



D 



E 



F 



Table 8-3 

INDEX TO COMPONENT LOCATIONS ON SCHEMATIC 



CKT 


GRID 


CKT 


GRID 


CKT 


GRID 


CKT 


GRID 


NO 


LOC 


NO 


LOC 


NO 


LOC 


NO 


LOC 


C2132 


J4 


L2247 


L2 


R2135 


J6 


R2320 


C4 


C2133 


K5 


L2347 


L5 


R2135 


J6 


R2321 


E4 


C2137 


D7 






R2137 


K3 


R2323 


J5 


C2145 


L6 






R2150 


L3 


R2328 


J4 


C2221 


D4 


LR2321 


C6 


R2142 


J6 


R2332 


J5 


C2233 


J2 


LR2431 


C6 


R2145 


L6 


R2333 


J4 


C2236 


K4 


LR2433 


C7 


R2210 


D4 


R2336 


K4 


C2313 


E3 






R2211 


D4 


R2337 


K5 


C2314 


F4 






R2212 


D3 


R2340 


L4 


C2320 


C4 


Q2131 


J5 


R2214 


E3 


R2347 


L5 


C2321 


E4 


Q2220 


D3 


R2220 


C3 


R2353 


L6 


C2325 


E4 


Q2230 


J3 


R2224 


E3 


R2410 


F3 


C2330 


J4 


Q2235 


K3 


R2225 


J4 


R2411 


F4 


C2333 


J5 


Q2242 


L2 


R2226 


E4 


R2413 


F3 


C2335 


D7 


Q2246 


L2 


R2227 


J3 


R2414 


F4 


C2341 


L4 


Q2320 


D5 


R2231 


J3 


R2419 


H3 


C2343 


L4 


Q2321 


H3 


R2233 


J3 


R2420 


E4 


C2410 


F4 


Q2322 


H4 


R2236 


K3 


R2421 


H3 


C2411 


F3 


Q2330 


J5 


R2237 


K3 


R2422 


H4 


C2412 


F3 


Q233S 


K3 


R2240 


L4 






C2414 


H3 


Q2342 


L5 


R2242 


L4 






C2420 


H3 


Q2346 


L5 


R2247 


L2 


RT2120 


D3 


C2422 


H4 






R2253 


L1 


RT2210 


D3 


C2430 


D6 


R2120 


J3 


R2310 


F4 










R2121 


J4 


R2311 


F3 










R2127 


D4 


R313 


E3 






CR2132 


K4 


R2130 


J5 


R2314 


C4 






CR2220 


E3 


R2132 


J5 


R2315 


D4 







2 




6 



7 



8 



Q23£0 



+5V 



» Jvv/vi- 



LR242I 

GND-"— fc IP 

^ I C24-30 

— 5V— *■ 1-Vuvi — 1 : 



+5V, 



LR2+3I 



-*-5V, 



-20V- 



O-TO-I 
1 • 



LB2433 



Xc2l37 

-ro.47 



-20V, 



-20V, 



SC504 



REV A , FEB 1919 
Zi9t-30 



A 



B 



C 



D 



E 



F 



H 



J 



K 



L 



"GKttO 



Q2321 




6 



7 



+5V- 



ITT 



LR24al 

GND-»— fc f 

J_C2430 

p^n -r-.Oi 
-5V-» ^vwi— 1 , 



-20V- 



LRE43I 

- . . — I— » 



LR2433 



IC2137 
T-0.47 



+ 5V. 



-5V, 



-20V, 



RZHl 
4.64 K 



-20V, 



UOTEV- 
* MATCHED PAIR 
t HWOWD PMR. 



M 




TO LOWEH 

^ VERT DP 

DIAG<§> 



I TO UPPEB 

_^ VERT DP 

OlA6<|> 



8 



| PARTIAL AE FOCUS AND INTENSITY BOARD 



SC504 



E-EV A, FEB 1313 



VERTICAL AMPLIFIER <3> 



SC504 



TRIGGER BOARD 




Fig. $-6 



REV A, FEB 1979 



A 



B 



C 



D 



E 



F 



Table 8-4 

INDEX TO COMPONENT LOCATIONS ON SCHEMATIC 



CKT 


GRID 


CKT GRID 


CKT 


GRID 


CKT 


GRID 


NO 


LOC 


NO LOC 


NO 


LOC 


NO 


LOC 


C3129 


F2 


HY3230 H1 


R3100 


F7 


R3320 


C3 


C3130 


E6 


HY3230AJ4 


R3110 


E8 


R3322 


B3 


C3139 


F3 


HY3230BJ6 


R3112 


E8 


R3324 


C4 


C3140 


E8 


HY3230CJ6 


R3114 


E6 


R3328 


C3 


C3142 


J5 


HY3230DK6 


R3115 


E6 


R3336 


L6 


C3210 


A3 


HY3230E K6 


R3116 


E7 


R3338 


C5 


C3212 


A3 


HY3230F K6 


R3118 


D7 


R3498 


B4 


C3228 


E2 


HY3230GK7 


R3120 


D8 


R3510 


E5 


C3229 


F2 


HY3230HK5 


R3122 


E7 


R3511 


F4 


C3232 


F3 


HY3230I L7 


R3124 


D8 


R3521 


F4 


C3240 


H7 


HY3230J L7 


R3125 


D7 


R3522 


H5 


C3242 


L2 


HY3230KL6 


R3126 


D6 


R3523 


F4 


C3243 


K3 


HY3230L L6 


R3127 


E7 


R3526 


H5 


C3324 


B4 


HY3230MK6 


R3128 


H7 


R3527 


F5 


C3325 


B4 




R3129 


D6 


R3528 


H5 


C3330 


B5 


L3229 E2 


R3130 


E3 


R3529 


H5 


C3332 


F2 


L3329 E3 


R3134 


D6 






C3510 


E4 


L3334 E3 


R313S 


E6 


S1110 


J2 


C3511 


E4 


L3339 E2 


R3136 


D8 


S3315 


C1 


C3520 


H4 


L3342 L2 


R3137 


J4 


S3511A 


C6 


C3521 


F4 




R3138 


H7 


S3511B 


C6 


C3525 


H4 


Q3132 E6 


R3142 


J5 


S3511C 


B6 


C3526 


H5 


Q3134 D6 


R3144 


E8 


S3512 


E3 






Q3135 J4 


R3210 


A2 


S3514 


E3 


CR2224 


C4 


Q3144 D8 


R3212 


A3 






CR3120 


E7 


Q3145 E8 


R3215 


C2 


TP3136 


J5 


CR3124 


D8 


Q3224 C3 


R3220 


D4 


TP3520 


H5 


CR3126 


E7 


Q3225 C4 


R3222 


C3 


TP3521 


H5 


CR3128 


D7 


Q3234 K7 


R3223 


C4 






CR3222 


C3 


Q3235 K6 


R3224 


C4 


U3120 


E7 


CR3235 


K5 


Q3236 L7 


R3226 


C3 


U3125 


E7 


CR3244 


J4 


Q3237 L6 


R3227 


C4 


U3148 


H7 


CR3248 


J4 


Q3520 F4 


R3228 


C4 


U3238 


L4 


CR3520 


H5 


Q3522 H4 


R3229 


E2 






CR3521 


F4 


Q3523 H4 


R3235 


J6 


W3120 


D4 


CR3525 


H5 


Q3524 F5 


R3244 


J4 


W3139 


J5 








R3246 


K3 


W3146 


F1 








R3315 


E2 


W3150 
W3524 


E3 
H5 



2 



EXT 
TRIG 



J3200 



53^15 (SHOWU Ikl IK1T POSITION") 



W3I46 





• 




• 








• 


OFT 






• 




• 


• 






• 


CH 1 






• 




• 




• 




• 


CH 2 






• 




• 






• 




LINE 




• 






• 








• 


EXT 






• 


• 










• 


INT 






*■ * 5V H 



»- +SV,,, 



3 



5 



REAR l/F 

LINE TRIGGER 

£5VAC 



7 



8 



RESET TO - 
R3S50 DIAG,<J> 



S35I IC 



SINGLE 
SWEEP 
RESET 



| mode| 

53^118 S35IIA 


| WORM 1 | AUTO | 



J322ol -> I 

if 

J III 



U3I58-I DIAG<5> 



AUTO MODE TO. 
V3IS8-4 DIAG<S?> 



-< 



^i 



w 



+5V, PEAK DETECTOR 



TYPE 


+SV^ 


74 1 


7 




5Vj 



5C504 



RfcV A, FEB 1979 



A 



B 



C 



D 



F 



H 



J 



K 



L 



M 



2 



EXT 
TRIG 



J3200 R^ 1 ^ 
750K 



3 



4 



5 



7 



8 




RE(vR >/F 
UNE TRIGGER 



5C504 



TRIGGERING <4> 



REV A , FtB 1979 
2.296. -31 



SC504 



TRIGGER SWITCH BOARD 




'Indicates mounted on back. 



Fig. 8-7 



@ 



A 



B 



C 



D 



E 



F 



Table 8-5 

INDEX TO COMPONENT LOCATIONS ON SCHEMATIC 



CKT 


GRID 


CKT 


GRID 


CKT 


GRID 


CKT 


GRID 


NO 


LOC 


NO 


LOC 


NO 


LOC 


NO 


LOC 


C3155 


B6 


Q3258 


E5 


R3165 


H2 


R3284 


L2 


C3163 


H3 


Q3260 


D5 


R3168 


C5 


R3285 


L2 


C3164 


J5 


Q3261 


C5 


R3174 


L3 


R3287 


B3 


C3165 


L4 


Q3262 


C3 


R3250 


J3 


R3288 


L5 


C3166 


J5 


Q3263 


C3 


R3252 


C4 


R3289 


L5 


C3280 


B5 


Q3264 


C5 


R3253 


D5 


R3292 


L2 


C3282 


B6 


Q3265 


D3 


R3254 


F4 


R3294 


L2 


C3376 


H6 


Q3266 


H5 


R3256 


D5 


R3296 


B5 






Q3269 


B5 


R3257 


H6 


R3358 


C6 






Q3286 


B5 


R3258 


D4 


R3362 


H5 


CR3259 


D4 


Q3366 


K7 


R3259 


D5 


R3364 


F7 


CR3282 


B3 


Q3367 


H6 


R3260 


C5 


R336S 


H5 


CR3348 


C6 


Q3368 


F7 


R3262 


H6 


R3367 


F6 


CR3359 


H5 


Q3373 


K7 


R3264 


C3 


R3372 


H6 


CR3371 


K6 






R3266 


H6 


R3373 


K7 


CR3374 


H7 






R3268 


B4 


R3374 


K7 






R2274 


K2 


R3273 


H7 


R3375 


K6 






R3146 


C4 


R3275 


L3 






L3270 


B6 


R3150 


K5 


R3276 


H2 


U3276A 


L2 






R3152 


K5 


R3277 


B5 


U3276B 


L5 






R3154 


K5 


R3278 


K7 


U3276C 


B3 


Q3152 


F4 


R3156 


L4 


R3279 


B5 






Q3154 


D4 


R3160 


J2 


R3281 


L5 


W3272 


B4 


Q3156 


D4 


R3162 


J4 


R3283 


L5 


W3276 
W3278 


B6 
K2 



I 



*5V 8 
1 ,16 | 



U? 



EXT GATE \ 



EXT &OTE \ 



FRO!"! 
1*\AIUFKAME 



4 



5 



(o 



8 




SC504 



REV K. VEB 19T9 



A 



B 



C 



D 



E 



F 



H 



J 



K 



L 



M 



I 



EXT GME 4 



EXT GATE <■ 



FROM 
MMUFRAME 



4 



5 



(o 



7 




SC504 



SWEEP GATING <5 



REV k, FEB 13T9 
2t3fc-3fe 



A 



b 



C 



D 



Table 8-6 

INDEX TO COMPONENT LOCATIONS ON SCHEMATIC 



REAm LITE 
FROM P3I6J.-3 
PIA6 ^ 




CKT 


GRID 


CKT 


GRID 


CKT 


GRID 


CKT 


GRID 


NO 


LOC 


NO 


LOC 


NO 


LOC 


NO 


LOC 


C1140 


H4 


CR1242 


E2 


R1140 


C7 


R1233 


D5 


C1141 


C7 


CR1246 


F3 


R1148 


D4 


R1234 


E2 


C1142 


C7 


CR1247 


D2 


R1149 


H3 


R1235 


E4 


C1150 


H4 






R1150 


C6 


R1240 


F3 


C1151 


C7 






R1152 


C5 


R1241 


E4 


C1219 


K5 


L1140 


C7 


R1216 


J6 


R1242 


E3 


C1220 


KS 


L1141 


C8 


R1217 


J5 


R1243 


F3 


C1233 


D4 






R1218 


J6 


R1245 


C4 


C1238 


F4 






R1220 


J6 


R1250 


F4 


C1240 


F4 


Q1211 


J6 


R1223 


F5 


R1252 


F3 


C1241 


F3 


Q1237A 


E4 


R1224 


E5 






C1242 


H3 


Q1237B 


E4 


R1225 


D5 


S1110 


D5 
J6 


C1250 


F4 


Q1240 


D4 


R1227 


04 


S1130 






Q1241 


F2 


R1228 


K5 






CR1140 


C2 


Q1242 


F3 


R1231 


F5 






CR1150 


C5 


Q1250 


F3 


R1232 


E5 


VR1248 


H3 



4 



5 



G 



8 



RAMP CONTROL 

CURRENT 
FROM JII60-E 




I 



. C1W 



6WD 






- 4 5V 

+5V 



IT 



-20V 



LII4I 



11 



PARTIAL Al MMM BOARD 



I | » • 

• i^ _T^ • 

• • 

I " I > •" ~ • 

_ , _ 

• • 

• 

7 [ T ^^^ — ~ ^^^ ~ 

• 

i • 

• • 

• 

• 

~~ _?_IjZ_.! 

1 • I 

• 

I ~T ' • 1 • j 

• 



SC504 



Rt-V K, FEB 197 9 



A 



b 



C 



D 



E 



H 



J 



K 



L 



M 



Pieeo 



READ'Y LITE 

FROM P3I6J-3 

DIA6 <§> 



4 



5 




7 



8 



+20V 






I'" 



• +aov 5 



GND 



I 






-20V 



Ll 14-1 

_TTYY\ 



X 



-20V fc 



PARTIAL Al MAIM BOARD 



• 








• 




























• 










SOrs CCW'l 


ft 










• 




































• 










Jv 


ft 














• 
































• 










.Zv 


ft 






















• 








• 
















• 










■%» 
























• 
























• 










\t> 




























• 




















• 










tv 












• 








• 
































• 






5n 


ft 




ft 






• 








































• 






\o v 


ft 




ft 










• 




































• 






to v 


ft 




ft 


















• 








• 




















• 






50p 






ft 


















• 




























• 






.lm 






ft 






















• 
























• 






.i™ 






ft 






• 








• 




































• 


.5 m 












• 












































• 


1 m 
















• j 






































ft 


z™ 






















• 








• 
























ft 


5^ 






















• 
































ft 


lO™ 




























• 




























ft 


20 m 




































• 








• 












ft 


5o™ 




































« 


















ft 


.) 








































• 














ft 


■ Z 













HOLDOFF RAMP 
TO P3I62.-4 
DIAS ^ 



HOLDOFF T\MIM<j 
»• TO P31££-5 



SC504 



RfcV h t FEB 1379 
219&-3S 



SWEEP GENERATOR <6 



SC504 



HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION BOARD 



4200 




© HR4340 te 



<&■ R4346 ^ 
® j R4348 > g 

lllllll 

_LU 



Fig. 8-8 



REV A. 



1979 



A 



B 



C 



D 



E 



F 



Table 8-7 

INDEX TO COMPONENT LOCATIONS ON SCHEMATIC 



CKT 


GRID 


CKT 


GRID 


CKT 


GRID 


CKT 


GRID 


NO 


LOC 


NO 


LOC 


NO 


LOC 


NO 


LOC 


C4118 


J2 


CR4227 


H4 


R4112 


J3 


R4242 


J6 


C4122 


J2 


CR4329 


H4 


R4113 


J4 


R4243 


H5 


C4124 
C4129 
C4130 


J3 


CR4345 


F3 


R4115 


K2 


R4245 


F6 


J1 






R4127 


K2 


R4248 


E3 


J2 






R4130 


K2 


R4249 


D6 


C4131 


J1 


L4212 


D7 


R4132 


J1 


R4336 


D3 


C4135 


J5 


L4318 


D8 


R4133 


J2 


R4339 


D6 


C4140 


J6 


L4325 


D7 


R4135 


J2 


R4340 


D5 


C4142 
C4144 
C4212 
C4232 


J6 
J5 
D7 
D8 


L4330 


D8 


R4136 


J5 


R4341 


D4 


Q4110 


J4 


R4139 
R4142 
R4143 


K5 
K5 
J6 


R4342 
R4344 
R4346 


F4 
D5 
D3 


C4233 
C4234 


06 
H3 


Q4125 
Q4126 


J2 
H3 


R4145 
R4212 


K5 
D7 


R4348 


D3 


C4236 


H4 


Q4132 


J2 


R4216 


J3 






C4240 


F2 


Q4137 


J5 


R4217 


K3 






C4245 


E6 


Q4145 


J5 


R4218 


K3 


S1160 


B3 


C4247 


D6 


Q4147 


H5 


R4220 


H3 






C4310 
C4312 
C4323 
C4347 


D8 
D7 
D7 
E6 


Q4230 
R1155 


H4 
C5 


R4221 
R4223 
R4224 
R4225 


H4 
H3 
J1 
F3 


U4345 


E4 






R1160 


C4 


R4227 


F4 


VR4120 


J3 






R1167 


B4 


R4228 


F4 






CR4122 
CR4224 


H4 

H4 


R1168 
R1169 
R1200 


C4 
C3 
B6 


R4233 
R4237 
R4238 


H3 
J5 
J6 







2 



+aw, 



5 



7 




: • '.a L4330 p i^f 



8 



-20V— »- 



Jc 



S<= 



^f£ 9lc - 



PARTIAL Al MAIN BOARD 



aov, 



SC504 



B.EV K, FEB ms 



A 



B 



C 



D 



E 



F 



H 



J 



K 



L 



M 



2 



5 



C^Z^I C4I3I 

E.7 0:5-13., 

-»l =«5 



FAST RAMP 
COMP a> 



R4£a-4 
8.87 K 



© 



R4l3i +70V, 
8.81 K 

R4I3SJ 

R4I30 

— vsa^ 

R4I33* ' 
£2K 



R4IE7 



7 




TO LEFT 

^ y HORIZ DP 

DIAS<8> 



TO RIGHT 

HOR\Z DP 

DIAS.<^> 



SC504 



REV K 



, FEB \37 5 
34 



HORIZONTAL PREAMPLIFIER £ 
OUTPUT AMPLIFIER BOARD <? 



SC504 



HIGH VOLTAGE BOARD 



20 



cnfeio t 



| -g? B * 




£ @s 

DS1620 



Fig. 8-9 



INTERFACE BOARD 



9100 



10 



J9110 



I— i-/ 



in in 




\n n 



2296-22 



Fig. 8-10 



@ 



A 



B 



C 



D 



E 



F 



Table 8-8 

INDEX TO COMPONENT LOCATIONS ON SCHEMATIC 



CKT 


GRID 


CKT 


GRID 


CKT 


GRID 


CKT 


GRID 


NO 


LOC 


NO 


LOC 


NO 


LOC 


NO 


LOC 


C1116 


K8 


CR1372 


E7 


R1119 


K8 


R1610 


H5 


C1117 


K8 


CR1373 


D7 


R1210 


K8 


R1614 


J5 


C1270 


F7 


CR1374 


D7 


R1211 


K8 


R1615 


J5 


C1272 


E7 


CR1380 


F8 


R1215 


J8 


R1620 


H6 


C1273 


F2 


CR1383 


C6 


R1271 


B8 


R1621 


H5 


C1282 


F3 


CR1384 


C6 


R1272 


E7 


R1622 


J5 


C1283 


F2 


CR1390 


J4 


R1273 


F7 


R2110 


K5 


C1285 


F1 


CR1488 


F4 


R1274 


D7 


R2197 


A3 


C1286 


F2 


CR1610 


F4 


R1276 


B8 


R3248 


C3 


C1288 


H8 


CR1621 


H5 


R1280 


F2 


R3249 


D3 


C1290 


H2 


CR1622 


J5 


R1281 


F1 


R3251 


C3 


C1292 


H7 


CR3252 


C2 


R1282 


F3 


R3255 


D2 


C1372 


F7 


CR3258 


D2 


R1283 


J8 


R3290 


D2 


C1373 


D7 






R1284 


H8 


R3344 


C3 


C1374 


E8 


DS1620 


J5 


R12850 


J7 


R3346 


D3 


C1380 


C7 


DS1621 


J5 


R1285A 


J5 


R3347 


D3 


C1385 


C6 






R1285B 


K6 


R3348 


C3 


C1390 


H5 






R1285C 


H7 


R3350 


D3 


C1391 


J5 


L1270 


F6 


R1286 


F1 


R3352 


C3 


C1392 


F4 


L1278 


F3 


R1288 


J8 






C1395 


M4 


L1292 


B6 


R1289 


F2 






C1396 


B6 


L3340 


C4 


R1290 


F2 


T1385 


D6 


C1399 


M5 






R1292 


F2 


T1475 


E3 


C1470 


E7 






R1293 


H2 






C1488 


H5 


Q1116 


K8 


R1370 


E8 






C1489 


H5 


Q1210 


K8 


R1371 


D6 


TP1110 


K8 


C1570 


E5 


Q1280 


F3 


R1372 


C7 


TP1115 


K8 


C1575 


F5 


Q1288 


F3 


R1380 


D7 


TP1575 


E4 


C3245 


C4 


Q1289 


H2 


R1385 


C6 










Q1378 


D7 


R1390 


J4 










Q1380 


C7 


R1391 


H4 


U1270 


E8 


CR1110 


K8 


Q1381 


C5 


R1392 


F4 


U1590 


F4 


CR1280 


J8 


Q3244 


D3 


R1488 


F5 






CR1281 


F8 


Q3247 


C3 


R1576 


F7 






CR1296 


H2 


Q3248 


D3 


R1578 


E5 


V1000 


K2 


CR1297 


H3 


Q3252 


D2 


R1580 


M4 






CR1370 


F7 






R1585 


M3 






CR1371 


F6 


R1115 


K8 


R1590 


M5 


VR1282 


B7 






R1116 


K8 


R1595 


F5 


VR1490 


F5 



2 



3 



4 



5 



& 



7 



8 




SC504 



RE.V K ( FEB 1979 



2 



4 



5 



(o 



7 



6 




SC504 



REV K, FEB 1979 
*.Z9fa-35 



CALIBRATOR, CRT, HIGH VOLTAGE, AWD Z AXIS <8> 



A 



B 



Table 8-9 

INDEX TO COMPONENT LOCATIONS ON SCHEMATIC 



CKT 


GRID 


CKT 


GRID 


CKT 


GRID 


NO 


LOC 


NO 


LOC 


NO 


LOC 


C2161 


D2 


Q2383 


E7 


R2465 


E3 


C2257 


C3 


Q2469 


E2 


R2466 


C7 


C2448 


J6 


Q2473 


E5 


R2468 


E6 


C2450 


J3 


Q2476 


J5 


R2469 


H5 


C2483 


D7 






R2482 


D7 


C3360 


B5 






R2483 


D7 






R1110 


K3 


R2485 


E7 






R2158 


E4 


R2486 


E7 


CR2163 


D3 


R2163 


D2 


R2487 


E7 


CR2475 


J5 


R2261 


C2 


R2488 


E2 


CR3494 


B5 


R2262 


D4 


R2489 


E2 


CR3496 


B5 


R2263 
R2358 


D2 
J6 


R3496 


B5 


DS1110 


K4 


R2361 
R2362 
R2363 
R2384 


C7 
J2 
C2 
D2 


TP2460 
TP2462 


J7 
J2 


F347B 


B5 


R2385 


D7 


U2263 


D2 


F3482 


B5 


R2386 
R2387 
R2390 


K4 
E2 
J5 


U2480 


D7 


Q2260 


D4 


R2391 


J5 


VR2420 


J3 


Q2365 


E3 


R2463 


E3 


VR2429 


J6 



2 



EA,B 



J3365 A^l . p 338S_ 



+ II.5V- 



« 



5 



I 7. 5 VAC 



<^ 



IC3360_L + 
aooi 



looo^ft 
-W — -T-*- 



58 ICR3494 



5A ICR3496 

— « — w 




LOCATED ON 
MAINFRAME 



6 



7 



8 




<RZ262 

<5.09K 



-5V 



UZ480 

+ EOV +5V 

R236I \ ^3 
SO. OK? 



Q2473 




LOCATED ON 
P2466 J <? ' 10 M AINFRAME JWO 



Ml 10 



PARTIAL A2 
FOCUS £. INTENSITY BOARD 



J 3385 



t 



P3385 



P1II0 

ft 



IIA 



-<4— ^ 



II B /\ 



JSMO 



>\ 



«- 



PARTIAL A 6 
INTERFACE BD 



SC504 



REV ft, FEB \9T3 
2Z9t.-34» 



2 



4 



5 



£ 



7 



8 




< 



LOCATED ON 
MAINFRAME 



SC504 



REV k,FEB 1^13 
229k -3fa 



+ ^-5 VOLTS SUPPLIES <9> 



A 



B 



C 



D 



E 



F 



Table 8-10 

INDEX TO COMPONENT LOCATIONS ON SCHEMATIC 



CKT 


GRID 


CKT 


GRID 


CKT 


GRID 


NO 


LOC 


NO 


LOC 


NO 


LOC 


C3365 


L6 


Q3472 


F3 


R3470 


K4 


C3374 


C6 


Q3474 


F7 


R3472 


C4 


C3464 


L3 


Q3475 


C6 


R3474 


C3 


C3465 


K3 


Q3476 


C3 


R3475 


C6 


C3468 


D6 


Q3478 


E5 


R3476 


D7 


C3473 


C4 


Q3479 


E4 


R3477 


D7 


C3478 


E7 


Q3480 


E7 


R3479 


D3 


C3489 


E3 


Q3482 


E8 


R3480 


E4 






Q3484 


E2 


R3482 


F8 






Q3485 


E2 


R3484 


E7 






Q3488 


F2 


R3485 


C7 


CR3362 


L7 






R3486 


F2 


CR3364 


C5 






R3487 


E2 


CR3370 


C5 


R3369 


D6 


R3488 


C2 


CR3380 


H7 


R3378 


C6 


R3490 


J8 


CR3466 


K3 


R3382 


H8 


R3492 


J2 


CR3475 


L3 


R3386 
R3388 
R3460 


H7 
F6 
D6 


R3494 


F3 


F3488 


J1 


R3461 


K4 


TP3365 


L7 






R3462 


K3 


TP3465 


L3 






R3463 


D5 






Q3369 


C6 


R3464 


C5 






Q3372 


F7 


R3466 


K4 


VR3465 


C4 


Q3375 


F8 


R3468 


C6 


VR3479 


D4 


Q3470 


C4 


R3469 


C4 







2 



3 



4 



5 



7 



8 




-33.5V —2 <4 

FROM 
MAINFRAME 



5C504 



REV A, FEB I919 



A 



B 



C 



D 



I 



F 



H 



J 



K 



L 



M 



2 



3 



4- 



5 



<o 



7 



8 



+ 33.5V 

FROM 

MAINFRAME 



J 3490 | P34-qo 

y>~ s, TO -r 33.5 V 
D\A6<8> 




J 1 160 

DIAG<^> 



TO -20V 
DIAG<5> 



aA, b 

-33.5V — £ <4 

FROM 
MAINFRAME 



SC504 



REV A, FEB 1913 
■?29fc--S7 



+ * -20 VOLTS SUPPLIES <$ 



Step 1 Step 1 

Cal Cal 

TP1110 TP1112 



Step 12 
R1345 



Step 19 
X Gain 
R1160 



Step 13 
Mag 
Reg 

R1155 



Step 14 

X1 Gain 

R1167 



Step 15 

X10 Gain 

R1169 




Step 10 
C1430 



Step 12 
C1527 



Step 12 
R1445 



Step 11 
Gain 1 
R1455 



Step 7 
Bal2 
R1570 



Step 3 

Beam 

Current 

TP1575 



Step 5 

Trace 

Rotation 

R1585 



Step 4 
Astig 
R1590 



ADJ 



Step 21 


Step 21 


- Peak 


+ Peak 


R3110 


R3115 







Step 3 

Beam 

Current 

R1595 



2296-23 




Fig. 8-11. Main Board 



Fig. 8-12. Trigger Board 



REV A, FEB 1979 



SC504 



Step 12 
R1345 



Step 19 
X Gain 
R1160 



Step 14 

XI Gain 

R1167 



C1238 



Step 15 

X10 Gain 

R1169 



Step 12 
R1445 



Step 12 
C1447 




ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS 



Step 21 


Step 21 


-Peak 


+ Peak 


R3110 


R3115 



Step 11 
Gain 1 
R1455 



Step 7 
Bal2 
R1570 



Step 3 

Beam 

Current 

TP1575 



Step 5 

Trace 

Rotation 

R1585 



Step 4 
Astig 
R1590 



Step 3 

Beam 

Current 

R1595 



2296-23 




o^ 



-12. Trigger Board 



2296-24 



Step 2 
+20 V 
TP3465 



Stepl 

+20 Volts 

R3466 



REV A, FEB 1979 



ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS 



SC504 



Step 12 
R2242 



Step 12 
C2321 



Step 8 
L2347 



Step 12 
R2310 



Step 9 

LF Comp 

R2311 




Step 17 

Fast Ramp 

Comp (L) 

C4131 



Step 17 

Fast Ramp 

Comp (R) 

C4140 



J217B J2178J 



o 



rVi rvv^ 



Q2iso w; 1 1 1 t 1 i t I I 



^ R2275~ly "° 



©@© 
S22S5 4- 

@©@ 



~rR2390-i 
fe*R2391 -j 
- R2385' ' 

<> slttl ~* R2386 ->j" 

02383.1 -R23B7 



■R2390-i f~\ 

■ R2391 -j \J 



*-R2469- T-l CR24753^ 
fel '" 02473 [ 02«6 

k 02469 ^-^> __^ 
kj :.?. '; IJ2472 1 J2475 






/ / / t 



\ U2480 




2296-26 



Step 12 
C2313 



Step 11 
Gain 2 
R2336 



Step 2 

-5V 

TP2460 



Step 2 

+5V 

TP2462 



Step 18 

Trig Ext Bal 

TP3521 




Step 18 

Trig Ext Bal 

TP3520 



Step 18 
Ext Bal 
R3527 



Fig. 8-13. Focus & Intensity Board 



Fig. 8-14. Horizontal Deflection Board and 
Trigger Switch Board 



REV A, APR 1979 



Section 9— SC 504 



REPLACEABLE 
MECHANICAL PARTS 



PARTS ORDERING INFORMATION 

Replacement parts are available from or through your local 
Tektronix, Inc. Field Office or representative. 

Changes to Tektronix instruments are sometimes made to 
accommodate improved components as they become available, 
and to give you the benefit of the latest circuit improvements 
developed in our engineering department. It is therefore 
important, when ordering parts, to include the following 
information in your order: Part number, instrument type or 
number, serial number, and modification number if applicable. 

If a part you have ordered has been replaced with a new or 
improved part, your local Tektronix, Inc. Field Office or 
representative will contact you concerning any change in part 
number. 

Change information, if any, is located at the rear of this 
manual. 

SPECIAL NOTES AND SYMBOLS 

X000 Part first added at this serial number 
00X Part removed after this serial number 



. FIGURE AND INDEX NUMBERS 

Items in this section are referenced by figure and index 
numbers to the illustrations. 



INDENTATION SYSTEM 

This mechanical parts list is indented to indicate item 
relationships. Following is an example of the indentation system 
used in the description column. 



12 3 4 5 



Name & Description 



Assembly and/or Component 

Attaching parts for Assembly and/or Component 

Detail Part of Assembly and/or Component 
Attaching parts for Detail Part 

Parts of Detail Part 

Attaching parts for Parts of Detail Part 



Attaching Parts always appear in the same indentation as 
the item it mounts, while the detail parts are indented to the right. 
Indented items are part of, and included with, the next higher 
indentation. The separation symbol — * — indicates the end of 
attaching parts. 

Attaching parts must be purchased separately, unless otherwise 
specified. 



ITEM NAME 

In the Parts List, an Item Name is separated from the 
description by a colon (:). Because of space limitations, an Item 
Name may sometimes appear as incomplete. For further Item 
Name identification, the U.S. Federal Cataloging Handbook H6-1 
can be utilized where possible. 



ABBREVIATIONS 





INCH 


ELCTRN 


ELECTRON 


IN 


INCH 


SE 


SINGLE END 


s 


NUMBER SIZE 


ELEC 


ELECTRICAL 


jNCAND 


INCANDESCENT 


SECT 


SECTION 


ACTR 


ACTUATOR 


ELCTLT 


ELECTROLYTIC 


INSUL 


INSULATOR 


SEMICOND SEMICONDUCTOR 


ADPTR 


AOAPTER 


ELEM 


ELEMENT 


INTL 


INTERNAL 


SHLD 


SHIELD 


ALIGN 


ALIGNMENT 


EPL 


ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST 


LPHLDR 


LAMPHOLDER 


SHLDR 


SHOULDERED 


AL 


ALUMINUM 


EQPT 


EQUIPMENT 


MACH 


MACHINE 


SKT 


SOCKET 


ASSEM 


ASSEMBLED 


EXT 


EXTERNAL 


MECH 


MECHANICAL 


SL 


SLIDE 


ASSY 


ASSEMBLY 


FIL 


FILLISTER HEAD 


MTG 


MOUNTING 


SLFLKG 


SELF-LOCKING 


ATTEN 


ATTENUATOR 


FLEX 


FLEXIBLE 


NIP 


NIPPLE 


SLVG 


SLEEVING 


AWG 


AMERICAN WIRE GAGE 


FLH 


FLAT HEAD 


NON WIRE 


NOT WIRE WOUND 


SPR 


SPRING 


BD 


BOARD 


FLTR 


FILTER 


OBD 


ORDER BY DESCRIPTION 


SQ 


SQUARE 


BRKT 


BRACKET 


FR 


FRAME or FRONT 


OD 


OUTSIDE DIAMETER 


SST 


STAINLESS STEEL 


BRS 


BRASS 


FSTNR 


FASTENER 


OVH 


OVAL HEAD 


STL 


STEEL 


BRZ 


BRONZE 


FT 


FOOT 


PH BRZ 


PHOSPHOR BRONZE 


SW 


SWITCH 


BSHG 


BUSHING 


FXD 


FIXED 


PL 


PLAIN or PLATE 


T 


TUBE 


CAB 


CABINET 


GSKT 


GASKET 


PLSTC 


PLASTIC 


TERM 


TERMINAL 


CAP 


CAPACITOR 


HDL 


HANDLE 


PN 


PART NUMBER 


THD 


THREAD 


CER 


CERAMIC 


HEX 


HEXAGON 


PNH 


PAN HEAD 


THK 


THICK 


CHAS 


CHASSIS 


HEX HD 


HEXAGONAL HEAD 


PWR 


POWER 


TNSN 


TENSION 


CKT 


CIRCUIT 


HEX SOC 


HEXAGONAL SOCKET 


RCPT 


RECEPTACLE 


TPG 


TAPPING 


COMP 


COMPOSITION 


HLCPS 


HELICAL COMPRESSION 


RES 


RESISTOR 


TRH 


TRUSS HEAD 


CONN 


CONNECTOR 


HLEXT 


HELICAL EXTENSION 


RGD 


RIGID 


V 


VOLTAGE 


cov 


COVER 


HV 


HIGH VOLTAGE 


RLF 


RELIEF 


VAR 


VARIABLE 


CPLG 


COUPLING 


IC 


INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 


RTNR 


RETAINER 


W/ 


WITH 


CRT 


CATHODE RAY TUBE 


ID 


INSIDE DIAMETER 


SCH 


SOCKET HEAD 


WSHR 


WASHER 


DEG 


DEGREE 


IDENT 


IDENTIFICATION 


SCOPE 


OSCILLOSCOPE 


XFMR 


TRANSFORMER 


DWR 


DRAWER 


IMPLR 


IMPELLER 


SCR 


SCREW 


XSTR 


TRANSISTOR 



9-1 



Replaceable Mechanical Parts— SC 504 



CROSS INDEX-MFR. CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER 



Mfr. Code 



Manufacturer 



Address 



City, State, Zip 



OOOOM SONY/TEKTRONIX CORPORATION 
00779 AMP, INC. 

01295 TEXAS INSTRUMENTS, INC., SEMICONDUCTOR 
GROUP 

06229 ELECTROVERT, INC. 

07707 USM CORP., USM FASTENER DIV. 

08261 SPECTRA-STRIP CORP. 

11897 PLASTIGLIDE MFG. CORPORATION 

12327 FREEWAY CORPORATION 

13103 THERMALLOY COMPANY, INC. 

22526 BERG ELECTRONICS, INC. 
23050 PRODUCT COMPONENTS CORP 
55210 GETTIG ENG. AND MFG. COMPANY 
70276 ALLEN MFG. CO. 
71159 BRISTOL SOCKET SCREW, DIV. OF 

AMERICAN CHAIN AND CABLE CO., INC. 
71279 CAMBRIDGE THERMIONIC CORP. 
73743 FISCHER SPECIAL MFG. CO. 
73803 TEXAS INSTRUMENTS, INC., METALLURGICAL 

MATERIALS DIV. 
74445 HOLO-KROME CO. 
78189 ILLINOIS TOOL WORKS, INC. 

SHAKEPROOF DIVISION 
78553 EATON CORPORATION, ENGINEERED FASTENERS 

DIVISION, TINNERMAN PLANT 
79136 WALDES, KOHINOOR, INC. 
79807 WROUGHT WASHER MFG. CO. 
80009 TEKTRONIX, INC. 
82647 TEXAS INSTRUMENTS, INC., 

CONTROL PRODUCTS DIV. 
83385 CENTRAL SCREW CO. 
83693 HELDOR ASSOCIATES, INC. 
87308 N. L. INDUSTRIES, INC., SOUTHERN SCREW 

DIV. 
95987 WECKESSER CO. , INC. 



P O BOX 14, HANEDA AIRPORT 
P BOX 3608 

P O BOX 5012, 13500 N CENTRAL 

EXPRESSWAY 

86 HARTFORD AVENUE 

510 RIVER RD. 

7100 LAMPSON AVE. 

P BOX 867, 1757 STANFORD ST. 

9301 ALLEN DRIVE 

2021 W VALLEY VIEW LANE 

P O BOX 34829 

YOUK EXPRESSWAY 

30 LORRAINE AVE. 

PO BOX 85, OFF ROUTE 45 
P. O. DRAWER 570 

P O BOX 2244, 40 BRISTOL ST. 

445 CONCORD AVE. 

446 MORGAN ST. 

34 FOREST STREET 

31 BROOK ST. WEST 

ST. CHARLES ROAD 

PO BOX 6688,8700 BROOKPARK RD. 
47-16 AUSTEL PLACE 
2100 S. O BAY ST. 
P O BOX 500 

34 FOREST ST. 
2530 CRESCENT DR. 
100 COLUMBUS STREET 

P. 0. BOX 1360 

4444 WEST IRVING PARK RD. 



TOKYO 149, JAPAN 
HARRISBURG, PA 17105 



DALLAS, TX 75222 
MT. VERNON, NY 10553 
SHELTON, CT 06484 
GARDEN GROVE, CA 92642 
SANTA MONICA, CA 90406 
CLEVELAND, OH 44125 

DALLAS, TEXAS 75234 
NEW CUMBERLAND, PA 17070 
MT VERNON, NY 10553 
SPRING MILLS, PA 16875 
HARTFORD, CT 06101 

WATERBURY, CT 06720 
CAMBRIDGE, MA 02138 
CINCINNATI, OH 45206 

ATTLEBORO, MA 02703 
HARTFORD, CT 06110 

ELGIN, IL 60120 

CLEVELAND, OH 44101 
LONG ISLAND CITY, NY 11101 
MILWAUKEE, WI 53207 
BEAVERTON, OR 97077 

ATTLEBORO, MA 02703 
BROADVIEW, IL 60153 
HAMDEN, CT 06514 

STATESVILLE, NC 28677 
CHICAGO, IL 60641 



9-2 



Replaceable Mechanical Parts— SC 504 



Fig. & 




Index 


Tektronix 


No. 


Part No. 


1-1 


337-1399-04 


-2 


200-1837-01 


-3 


211-0008-00 


-4 


200-1780-01 


-5 


211-0071-00 


-6 


210-0851-00 


-7 


200-2063-00 


-8 


211-0008-00 


-9 


366-1391-01 




213-0725-00 


-10 


366-1077-01 




213-0246-00 


-11 


366-1023-07 




213-0246-00 


-12 


366-1031-08 




213-0246-00 


-13 


366-1733-01 


-14 


366-1405-04 




213-0048-00 


-15 


366-1735-00 




213-0153-00 


-16 


220-0633-00 


-17 


355-0170-00 


-18 





-19 




-20 


210-02(55-00 


-21 


348-0067-00 


-22 


358-0378-00 


-23 


366-1691-01 


-24 


426-1206-01 


-25 


366-1559-00 


-26 


426-1072-00 


-27 


105-0719-00 


-28 


213-0113-00 


-29 


105-0718-00 


-30 


366-1690-00 


-31 


384-1513-00 


-32 


376-0029-00 




213-0075-00 


-33 




-34 


210-0583-00 


-35 


210-0940-00 


-36 


384-1136-00 


-37 




-38 


210-0583-00 


-39 


210-0940-00 



Serial/Model No. 
Eff Dscont 



Qty 12 3 4 5 



Name & Description 



Mfr 
Code 



Mfr Part Number 



2 SHIELD r ELEC: SIDE 

1 COVER, PLUG-IN:TOP & BOTTOM 

(ATTACHING PARTS) 

2 SCREW, MACHINE:4-40 X 0.25 INCH,PNH STL 

1 COVER, HV: BOTTOM, ALUMINUM 

(ATTACHING PARTS) 

2 SCREW, MACHINE: 4-40 X 0.375 1NCH,TRH,STL 
2 WASHER, FLAT:0. 119 ID X 0.375 INCH OD,STL 

1 COVER, PLUG- IN: BOTTOM 

(ATTACHING PARTS) 

2 SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.25 INCH,PNH STL 

3 KNOB:GY, 0.081 ID, 0.28 OD,0.32 H 

- . EACH KNOB INCLUDES: 

2 . SETSCREW:3-48 X 0.095 INCH, HEX SOC STL 

3 KNOB:GY, 0.127 ID,0.5 OD, 0.531 H 

- . EACH KNOB INCLUDES: 

1 . SETSCREW:5-40 X 0.093 INCH L,HEX SOC 

3 KNOB: GRAY, 0.12 7 ID, 0.392 OD, 0.466 

- . EACH KNOB INCLUDES: 

1 . SETSCREW:5-40 X 0.093 INCH L,HEX SOC 

2 KNOB:GY,CAL/W/ARROW 

- . EACH KNOB INCLUDES: 

1 . SETSCREW:5-40 X 0.093 INCH L,HEX SOC 

2 KNOB:W/SKIRT 

1 KNOB: WHITE, CAL 

1 . SETSCREW:4-40 X 0.125 INCH, HEX SOC STL 

1 KNOB: GRAY, 0.252 ID, 0.72 OD,0.79 H 

2 . SETSCREW:5-40 X 0.125 INCH, HEX SOC STL 
1 NUT, PLAIN, KNURL:0. 25-28 X 0.25 INCH L,BRS 

1 STUD,SHOULDERED:6-32 X 0.40 INCH LONG 

2 CONNECTOR, RCPT, : (SEE J100 AND J200 EPL) 
1 CONNECTOR, RCPT, : (SEE J3200 EPL) 

1 TERMINAL, LUG:0. 391" ID INT TOOTH 

1 GROMMET, PLASTIC: 0.3 12 INCH DIA 

2 BUSHING, SLEEVE: PRESS MOUNT 

6 PUSH BUTTON: GRAY, EJECTOR PIN MARK 

6 FRAME, PUSH BTN: MOMENTARY, GRAY PLASTIC 

1 PUSH BUTTON: GRAY 

1 FRAME, PUSH BTN: PLASTIC 

1 LATCH , RETAINING : PLUG- IN 

(ATTACHING PARTS) 

1 SCR,TPG,THD FOR:2-32 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL 



RELEASE, LATCH: 
KNOB, LATCH: 
EXTENSION SHAFT: 8. 94 



L X 0.123 OD, PLASTIC 



CPLG, SHAFT, RGD: 0.128 ID X 0.312 OD X 0.5" 
. SETSCKEW.-4-40 X 0.094 INCH, HEX SOC STL 
RES.,VAR,NONWIR: (SEE R2197 EPL) 
(ATTACHING PARTS) 
NUT, PLAIN, HEX. :0. 25-32 X 0.312 INCH,BRS 
WASHER, FIAT: 0.2 5 ID X 0.375 INCH OD,STL 

EXTENSION SHAFT:0.95 INCH LONG 
RES. ,VAR,NONWIR: (SEE R2497A,B EPL) 

(ATTACHING PARTS) 
NUT, PLAIN, HEX. :0. 25-32 X 0.312 INCH.BRS 
WASHER, FLAT: 0.2 5 ID X 0.375 INCH OD.STL 



80009 
80009 



83385 



83385 
12327 



74445 
80009 

71159 
80009 

71159 
80009 

71159 
80009 
80009 
74445 
80009 
74445 
80009 
80009 



80009 
80009 
80009 
80009 
80009 
80009 
80009 
80009 



337-1399-04 
200-1837-01 



OBD 
80009 200-1780-01 



OBD 
OBD 



80009 200-2063-00 

83385 OBD 

80009 366-1391-01 



OBD 
366-1077-01 

OBD 
366-1023-07 

OBD 
366-1031-08 

OBD 

366-1733-01 

366-1405-04 

OBD 

366-1735-00 

OBD 

220-0633-00 

355-0170-00 



210-0255-00 
348-0067-00 
358-0378-00 
366-1691-01 
426-1206-01 
366-1559-00 
426-1072-00 
105-0719-00 



83385 OBD 



80009 


105-0718-00 


80009 


366-1690-00 


80009 


384-1513-00 


80009 


376-0029-00 


70276 


OBD 


73743 


2X20224-402 


79807 


OBD 


80009 


384-1136-00 


73743 


2X20224-402 


79807 


OBD 



9-3 



Replaceable Mechanical Parts— SC 504 



Fig. & 

Index Tektronix 

No. Part No. 



Serial/Model No. 
Eff Dscont 



Qty 12 3 4 5 



Name & Description 



Mfr 
Code 



Mfr Part Number 



1-40 384-0289-00 
-41 200-1809-00 
-42 343-0002-00 



-43 


211-0008-00 


-44 


210-0851-00 


-45 




-46 


210-0583-00 


-47 


210-0940-00 


-48 




-49 


210-0583-00 


-50 


210-0940-00 


-51 


361-0143-00 


-52 


343-0013-00 


-53 


211-0008-00 


-54 


210-0851-00 


-55 


333-2 327-00 


-56 


211-0537-00 


-57 




-58 


337-2203-00 


-59 


214-1700-00 


-60 


386-3160-00 


-61 


386-3134-03 


-62 


213-0123-00 


-63 


213-0282-00 


-64 


255-0334-00 


-65 


407-1623-00 


-66 


211-0507-00 


-67 


351-0449-00 


-68 


211-0062-00 


-69 


210-0405-00 


-70 


210-0053-00 


-71 




-72 


131-0608-00 


-73 


386-3135-01 


-74 


213-0192-00 


-75 


211-0504-00 


-76 


386-3671-00 


-77 


220-0625-00 


-78 


386-1316-00 


-79 


136-0679-00 


-80 


252-0562-00 


-81 


334-2361-00 


-82 


358-0281-00 


-83 


334-1379-00 


-84 





1 EXTENSION SHAFT: 2. 813 L X 0.125 STEP OD STL 
1 COVER, VAR RES: HIGH VOLTAGE 
1 CLAMP, LOOP: 0.188 INCH DIA 

(ATTACHING PARTS) 
1 SCREW, MACHINE :4-40 X 0.25 INCH,PNH STL 
1 WASHER, FLAT: 0.119 ID X 0.375 INCH OD,STL 

1 RES.,VAR,NONWIR: (SEE R3100 EPL) 
(ATTACHING PARTS) 
1 NUT, PLAIN, HEX. :0. 25-32 X 0.312 INCH,BRS 
1 WASHER, FLAT:0. 25 ID X 0.375 INCH OD,STL 

1 RES.,VAR,NONWIR: (SEE R1200 EPL) 
(ATTACHING PARTS) 
1 NUT, PLAIN, HEX. :0. 25-32 X 0.312 INCH,BRS 
1 WASHER, FLAT: 0.2 5 ID X 0.375 INCH OD,STL 

1 WASHER, KEY: 0.281 ID X 0.562 INCH OD 
1 CLAMP, LOOP:0. 375 INCH DIA 

(ATTACHING PARTS) 
1 SCREW, MACHINE: 4 -40 X 0.25 INCH,PNH STL 
1 WASHER, FLAT: 0.119 ID X 0.375 INCH OD,STL 

1 PANEL, FRONT:SC504 

(ATTACHING PARTS) 

1 SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.375 INCH,TRH STL 

2 LAMP, LED: (SEE DS1110 AND DS1115 EPL) 
1 SHLD, IMPLOSION: BLUE POLYCARBONATE 

1 SPRING, FLAT: 7 3MM X 3.2MM,PH BRS 

1 SUPPORT, CRT: FRONT 

1 SUBPANEL, FRONT: PAINTED GRAY 

(ATTACHING PARTS) 
4 SCREW, TPG,TF: 6-32 X 0.375,SPCL TYPE,FLH 

1 THUMBSCREW: 0.37 5 X 10.7MM,9.525 OD, PLASTIC 
FT PLASTIC CHANNEL: (CUT TO FIT) 

1 BRACKET, PANEL: REAR 

(ATTACHING PARTS) 

3 SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL 

2 GUIDE, CRT CARD: 

(ATTACHING PARTS FOR EACH) 
2 SCREW, MACHINE: 2-56 X 0.312 INCH,RDH STL 
2 NUT, PLAIN, HEX.: 2-56 X 0.188 INCH, BRS 
2 WASHER, LOCK:INTL, 0.092 ID X 0.175"OD,STL 

1 CKT BOARD ASSY: INTERFACE (SEE A6 EPL) 

6 . CONTACT, ELEC: 0.365 L X 0.25 PH BRZ GOLD PL 

1 PANEL, REAR: 

(ATTACHING PARTS) 

2 SCR,TPG,THD FOR:6-32 X 0.50 INCH,PNH STL 
2 SCREW, MACHINE :6-32 X 0.25 INCH,PNH STL 

2 SUPPORT, PLUG-IN: 

2 NUT, SHEET SPR:6-32 THD.STL 

1 SUPPORT, CRT:REAR, PLASTIC 

1 SOCKET ASSY, CRT: 

FT PLASTIC CHANNEL:0.100 X . 120 , POLYETHYLENE 

1 MARKER, IDENT: WARNING UP TO 80V ON THIS BOARD 

2 GROMMET, PLASTIC: 

1 LABEL: CRT, ADHESIVE BACK 

1 COIL, TUBE DEFL: (SEE L2156 EPL) 



80009 384-0289-00 

80009 200-1809-00 

95987 3-16-6B 

83385 OBD 

12327 OBD 



73743 2X20224-402 
79807 OBD 



73743 2X20224-402 

79807 OBD 

80009 361-0143-00 

95987 3-8-6B 



83385 OBD 
12327 OBD 



80009 333-2327-00 
83385 OBD 



80009 337-2203-00 

0000M 214-1700-00 

80009 386-3160-00 

80009 386-3134-03 

80009 213-0123-00 

OOOOM 213-0282-00 

11897 122-37-2500 

80009 407-1623-00 

83385 OBD 

80009 351-0449-00 

83385 OBD 

73743 2X12157-402 

83385 OBD 



22526 47357 

80009 386-3135-01 

87308 OBD 

83385 OBD 

80009 386-3671-00 

78553 C8090-632-24 

80009 386-1316-00 

80009 136-0679-00 

06229 OBD 

80009 358-0281-00 

80009 334-1379-00 



9-4 



Replaceable Mechanical Parts— SC 504 



Fig. & 

Index Tektronix Serial/Model No. 

No. Part No. Eff Dscont 

1-85 337-2437-01 

-86 426-1199-01 

-87 214-2585-00 

-88 211-0008-00 

-89 210-0330-00 

211-0008-00 

-90 131-2037-00 

211-0008-00 

-91 214-2586-00 

-92 334-2363-00 

-93 

-94 210-0407-00 

-95 

-96 211-0244-00 

-97 

-98 

-99 343-0495-05 

-100 210-3050-00 

-101 343-0499-03 

-102 210-3050-00 

-103 214-0579-00 

-104 131-0566-00 

-105 131-1425-00 

-106 

-107 211-0244-00 



Qty 12 3 4 5 



Name & Description 



Mfr 

Code Mfr Part Number 



-108 
-109 
-110 

-111 

-112 



136-0577-00 
136-0260-02 
220-0665-00 

211-0213-00 

129-0455-00 
672-0653-00 



-113 212-0109-00 



-114 211-0244-00 



-115 200-1332-00 

-116 131-1248-00 

-117 210-0406-00 

-118 214-1704-01 

-119 214-1127-00 



1 SHIELD, CRT :W/DELAY LINE 

1 FR, SECT, PLUG- IN: BOTTOM 

2 SPRING, GROUND: COPPER BERYLLIUM 

(ATTACHING PARTS FOR EACH) 

1 SCREW, MACHINE :4-40 X 0.25 INCH,PNH STL 

2 TERMINAL, LUG:0. 375 ID, STEEL 

(ATTACHING PARTS FOR EACH) 

1 SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.25 INCH,PNH STL 

2 CONTACT, ELEC: HYBRID GROUND 

(ATTACHING PARTS FOR EACH) 
1 SCREW, MACHINE :4-40 X 0.25 INCH,PNH STL 

8 SPRING, RTNG: COPPER BERYLLIUM 

1 MARKER INDENT: WARNING, DANGER, HV 

1 VOLTAGE MULTR: (SEE U1590 EPL) 

(ATTACHING PARTS) 

2 NUT, PLAIN, HEX. :6-32 X 0.25 INCH,BRS 

1 CKT BOARD ASSY: TRIGGER SW(SEE A7 EPL) 

(ATTACHING PARTS) 
1 SCR,ASSEM WSHR:4-40 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL 

1 . SWITCH PB ASSY: (SEE S3511A,B,C EPL) 

3 . SWITCH PB ASSY: (SEE S3512A,B,C EPL) 

2 . CLIP, SWITCH: FRONT, 7. 5MM X5 UNIT 

(ATTACHING PARTS) 

3 . EYELET, METALLIC: 0.2 18 L X 0.059 OD,BRS 

2 . CLIP, SWITCH: 7. 5 MM, 4 UNIT 

(ATTACHING PARTS) 

3 . EYELET, METALLIC:0. 218 L X 0.059 OD,BRS 

2 . TERM. .TEST PT:0.40 INCH LONG 
1 . LINK, TERM. CONNE:0. 086 DIA X 2.375 INCH L 
1 . CONTACT SET,ELE:R ANGLE, 0.150" L,STR OF 36 
1 CKT BOARD ASSY:HORIZ DEFLtSEE A4 EPL) 

(ATTACHING PARTS) 
1 SCR,ASSEM WSHR:4-40 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL 

1 . CONNECTOR, RCPT, : 6 CONTACT 

1 . SOCKET, PLUG-IN: 16 CONTACT, LOW CLEARANCE 

1 . NUT, PLAIN, HEX. :SLFLKG, 4-40 X0.25",PLSTC 

(ATTACHING PARTS) 
1 . SCREW, MACHINE:4-40 X 0.312 INCH,PNH NYLON 

1 . SPACER, POST: 0.305 L,W/4-40 THD THRU,BRS 
1 CKT BOARD ASSY: TRIGGER, W/CAM SWITCH 

(ATTACHING PARTS) 
1 SCREW, MACHINE:8-32 X 0. 188,FLH,STL 

1 . DRUM ASSY, CAM S:(SEE S3315 EPL) 
(ATTACHING PARTS) 

4 . SCR,ASSEM WSHR:4-40 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL 

- . . DRUM ASSY INCLUDES: 

1 . . COVER, CAM SW: 

1 . . CONTACT, ELEC: SHAFT GND 

2 . . NUT, PLAIN, HEX. :4-40 X 0.188 INCH,BRS 

2 . . SPRING, FLAT: CAM SW DETENT, 0.008 INCH THK 
2 . . ROLLER, DETENT: 0.125 DIA X 0.125 INCH L 



80009 337-2437-01 

80009 426-1199-01 

80009 214-2585-00 

83385 OBD 

80009 210-0330-00 

83385 OBD 

80009 131-2037-00 

83385 OBD 

80009 214-2586-00 

80009 334-2363-00 

73743 3038-0228-402 

78189 OBD 

80009 343-0495-05 

07707 SE-27 

80009 343-0499-03 

07707 SE-27 

80009 214-0579-00 

55210 L-2007-1 

22526 65521-136 

78189 OBD 

22526 65001-015 

82647 C951601 

23050 OBD 

23050 OBD 

80009 129-0455-00 

80009 672-0653-00 

83385 OBD 



78189 OBD 



80009 200-1332-00 

80009 131-1248-00 

73743 2X12161-402 

80009 214-1704-01 

80009 214-1127-00 



9-5 



Replaceable Mechanical Parts— SC 504 



Fig. & 

Index Tektronix 
No. Part No. 



Serial/Model No. 
Eff Dscont 



Qty 12 3 4 5 



Name & Description 



Mfr 
Code 



Mfr Part Number 



1-120 105-0753-00 



-121 
-122 

-123 

-124 
-125 
-126 
-127 
-128 

-129 
-130 
-131 
-132 
-133 
-134 



-149 
-150 

-151 
-152 

-153 

-154 
-155 
-156 



-158 
-159 
-160 
-161 
-162 



354-0219-00 
401-0155-00 

210-0406-00 
401-0156-00 

131-0604-00 
351-0213-00 
136-0631-00 
136-0547-00 
129-0455-00 
214-0579-00 
344-0154-00 
131-0566-00 
131-0608-00 



-135 136-0252-04 
-136 344-0244-00 
-137 136-0514-00 
-138 136-0260-02 

334-3080-00 
-139 426-1246-00 

-140 

-141 131-1347-00 

-142 

-143 

672-0651-00 
-144 384-1380-00 
-145 376-0050-00 

213-0022-00 
-146 



361-0515-00 



-147 211-0244-00 



131-0963-00 



-148 200-2107-00 



211-0008-00 
210-0004-00 

131-0963-00 
210-0406-00 
214-1139-03 
214-1139-02 
214-1752-00 
105-0754-00 
384-0878-07 



-157 354-0390-00 



401-0180-00 
210-0406-00 

401-0178-00 
384-1180-00 
214-2567-00 



1 

1 

2 

1 

1 

10 

1 

1 

2 

1 

3 

6 

11 

30 

6 

6 
1 
3 
3 
1 
1 
2 
4 
2 
2 
1 
1 
1 
4 
1 
1 
1 



. ACTUATOR, CAM SW: TRIGGER SOURCE 

(ATTACHING PARTS) 
. RING, RETAINING: FOR 0.25 INCH SHAFT 
. BEARING, CAM SW: FRONT 

. NUT, PLAIN, HEX. :4-40 X 0.188 INCH,BRS 

. BEARING, CAM SW:REAR 

OCT BOARD ASSY: TRIGGER (SEE A3 EPL) 

. CONTACT, ELEC:CKT CD SW,SPR 

. GUIDE-POST, LOCK: 0.285 INCH LONG 

. SOCKET, PLUG- IN: 9 PIN FEMALE 

. CONNECTOR, RCPT, : 6 PIN, FEMALE 

. SPACER.POST: 0.305 L,W/4-40 THD THRU 

. TERM. , TEST PT:0.40 INCH LONG 

. CLIP,ELECTRICAL:FOR 0.25 INCH DIA FUSE 

. LINK, TERM. CONNE : . 086 DIA X 2.375 INCH L 

. CONTACT, ELEC: 0.365 L X 0.25 PH BRZ GOLD PL 

. CONNECTOR BODY: (SEE J3188 , J3290, J3325, J3380 

. J3382,J3390 EPL) 

. SOCKET, PIN TERM: 0.188 INCH LONG 

. CLIP,CMPNT MTG: 

. SOCKET, PLUG IN:MICROCIRCUIT, 8 CONTACT 

. SOCKET, PLUG- IN: 16 CONTACT, LOW CLEARANCE 
MARKER, IDENT: 

FR SECT, PLUG- IN: RIGHT SIDE, TOP AND BOTTOM 
CKT BOARD ASSY: VERT SW(SEE A9 EPL) 
. TERM,QIK DISC:0.187 X 0.02 BLADE, 45 DEG BEND 
MICROCIRCUIT,LI: (SEE HY1430 AND HY1530 EPL) 
RES NTWK,FXD FI:(SEE HY1320 S HY1520) 
CKT BOARD ASSY:MAIN,W/CAM SWITCH 

EXTENSION SHAFT: 5. 2 L X 0.081 OD,SST,PSVT 

CPLG, SHAFT, FLEX:F0R 0.081/0.125 INCH SHAFTS 

. SETSCREW:4-40 X 0.188 INCH, HEX SOC STL 

RES.,VAR NONWIR: (SEE R1152 EPL) 

SPACER, SWITCH : PLASTIC 

DRUM ASSY, CAM S:(SEE S1130 EPL) 
(ATTACHING PARTS) 

SCR,ASSEM WSHR:4-40 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL 

CONTACT , ELEC : GROUNDING 

. DRUM ASSY INCLUDES: 

. COVER, CAM SW:15 ELEMENT ALUMINUM 

(ATTACHING PARTS) 
. SCREW, MACHINE: 4 -40 X 0.25 INCH,PNH STL 
. WASHER, LOCK: INTL, 0.12 ID X 0.26"OD,STL 

. CONTACT, ELEC GROUNDING 

. NUT, PLAIN, HEX. :4-40 X 0.188 INCH.BRS 

. SPRING, FLAT: RED COLORED 

. SPRING, FLAT:GREEN COLORED 

. ROLLER, DETENT: 

. ACTUATOR, CAM SW:TIME/DIV 

. SHAFT, CAM SW:OUTER CONCENTRIC W/DRIVER 

(ATTACHING PARTS) 

. RING, RETAINING: 0.338 ID X 0.025" THK.STL 

. BEARING, CAM SW: FRONT 

. NUT, PLAIN, HEX. :4-40 X 0.188 INCH.BRS 
. BEARING, CAM SW : CENTER/REAR 
EXTENSION SHAFT: 6. 40 INCH LONG 
LEVER, SWITCH :AC-GND-DC 



80009 105-0753-00 



79136 5103-25-MD-R 
80009 401-0155-00 



73743 


2X12161-402 


80009 


401-0156-00 


80009 


131-0604-00 


80009 


351-0213-00 


00779 


1-380949-9 


00779 


1-380949-6 


80009 


129-0455-00 


80009 


214-0579-00 


80009 


344-0154-00 


55210 


L-2 007-1 


22526 


47357 


22526 


75060 


80009 


344-0244-00 


73803 


C950802 


82647 


C951601 


80009 


334-3080-00 


80009 


426-1246-00 



80009 


672-0651-00 


80009 


384-1380-00 


80009 


376-0050-00 


74445 


OBD 


80009 


361-0515-00 


78189 


OBD 


80009 


131-0963-00 


80009 


200-2107-00 


83385 


OBD 


78189 


1204-00-00-054 1C 


80009 


131-0963-00 


73743 


2X12161-402 


80009 


214-1139-03 


80009 


214-1139-02 


80009 


214-1752-00 


80009 


105-0754-00 


80009 


384-0878-07 


79136 


5100-37MD 


80009 


401-0180-00 


73743 


2X12161-402 


80009 


401-0178-00 


80009 


384-1180-00 


80009 


214-2567-00 



9-6 



Replaceable Mechanical Parts— SC 504 



Fig. & 

Index Tektronix 
No. Part No. 



Serial/Model No. 
Eff Dscont 



Qty 12 3 4 5 



Name & Description 



Mfr 

Code 



Mfr Part Number 



1-163 376-0029-00 

213-0075-00 

-164 

-165 

-166 131-0907-00 

-167 214-2666-00 

-168 211-0244-00 

-169 200-2105-00 

-170 211-0214-00 



-171 
-172 
-173 
-174 
-175 
-176 
-177 
-178 
-179 
-180 
-181 
-182 
-183 
-184 
-185 

-186 
-187 
-188 



-193 

-194 



-195 
-196 
-197 
-198 
-199 

-200 
-201 
-202 
-203 



352-0492-00 
214-2587-01 
210-0406-00 
214-1126-01 
214-1752-00 
401-0379-00 
105-0749-00 
210-0406-00 
401-0381-00 
210-0406-00 
214-1126-01 
214-1752-00 
401-0379-00 
210-0406-00 
401-0380-00 
376-0182-00 
105-0750-00 



-189 211-0507-00 



-190 358-0016-00 



-191 211-0507-00 



-192 337-2428-00 



211-0244-00 
337-2429-00 
334-2363-00 
334-3299-00 
214-0579-00 
136-0252-04 

131-0639-00 
129-0455-00 
131-0382-00 
131-0608-00 
131-0604-00 
136-0514-00 
131-1857-00 
198-3548-00 
672-0652-00 



-204 212-0109-00 



-205 214-1061-00 
-206 426-1245-01 



2 
2 

1 

1 

3 

144 

2 

4 

1 

1 

22 

15 

1 

1 

1 

1 



CPLG, SHAFT, RGD:0. 128 ID X 0.312 OD X 0.5"L 

. EACH COUPLER INCLUDES: 

. SETSCREW:4-40 X 0.094 INCH, HEX SOC STL 

RES.,VAR,NONWIR: (SEE R1365 AND R1560 EPL) 

ACTR ASSY, CAM S : (SEE S1325 AND S1525 EPL) 

CONTACT , ELEC : GROUNDING 

CONTACT , ELEC : GROUNDING 

. EACH ACTR ASSY INCLUDES: 

. SCR,ASSEM WSHR:4-40 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL 

. COVER, CAM SW:4 S 24 ELEMENTS AL 

(ATTACHING PARTS) 
. SCREW, MACHINE :4-40 X 0.25 INCH,TRH STL 

. HOLDER, CONTACT: 

. HANGER, SWITCH : W/CONTACT 

. NUT, PLAIN, HEX. :4-40 X 0.188 INCH,BRS 

. SPRING, FLAT: GREEN COLORED 

. ROLLER, DETENT: 

. BEARING, CAM SW:END,0.6 DIA 

. ACTUATOR, CAM SW:AC-GND-DC 

. NUT, PLAIN, HEX. :4-40 X 0.188 INCH,BRS 

. BEARING, CAM SW: CENTER 

. NUT, PLAIN, HEX.: 4 -40 X 0.188 INCH,BRS 

. SPRING, FLAT: GREEN COLORED 

. ROLLER, DETENT: 

. BEARING, CAM SW:END,0.6 DIA 

. NUT, PLAIN, HEX.: 4 -40 X 0.188 INCH,BRS 

. BEARING, CAM SW: CENTER 

. CPLG, SHAFT, RGD:0. 192 AND 0.25 DIA SFT 

. ACTUATOR, CAM SW:ATTENUATOR 
CKT BOARD ASSY: MAIN (SEE Al EPL) 

. CKT BOARD ASSY: (SEE A5 EPL) 
(ATTACHING PARTS) 

. SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL 

. BUSHING, RUBBER: 

(ATTACHING PARTS) 
. SCREW, MACHINE :6-32 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL 

. SHIELD, ELEC:HIGH VOLTAGE 

(ATTACHING PARTS) 
. SCR.ASSEM WSHR:4-40 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL 
. SHIELD, ELEC:CIRCUIT CARD 
. MARKER INDENT: WARNING, DANGER, HV 
. MARKER, IDENT: MARKED DANGER 150V 
. TERM. , TEST PT:0.40 INCH LONG 
. SOCKET, PIN TERM: 0.188 INCH LONG 
. CONNECTOR, BODY: (SEE J1420 AND J1520 EPL) 
. CONTACT, ELEC :SPR CLIP, TYPE 
. SPACER, POST: 0.305 L,W/4-40 THD THRU,BRS 
. TERMINAL, STUD: 0.8 12 L, INSULATED 
. CONTACT, ELEC: 0.365 L X 0.25 PH BRZ GOLD PL 
. CONTACT, ELEC: CKT CD SW,SPR 
. SOCKET, PLUG IN:MICROCIRCUIT,8 CONTACT 
. TERM SET,PIN:36/0.025 SQ PIN, ON 0.1 CTRS 
. WIRE SET, ELEC: 

CKT BOARD ASSY :DISPLAY/MODE ,W/CAM SWITCH 
(ATTACHING PARTS) 

SCREW, MACHINE:8-32 X 0. 188 ,FILH, STL 

SPRING , GROUND : FLAT 

FR SECT,PLUG-IN:TOP LEFT 



80009 376-0029-00 
70276 OBD 



80009 
80009 



78189 
80009 



80009 
80009 
73743 
80009 
80009 
80009 
80009 
73743 
80009 
73743 
80009 
80009 
80009 
73743 
80009 
80009 
80009 



131-0907-00 
214-2666-00 



OBD 
200-2105-00 



83385 OBD 



352-0492-00 
214-2587-01 
2X12161-402 
214-1126-01 
214-1752-00 
401-0379-00 
105-0749-00 
2X12161-402 
401-0381-00 
2X12161-402 
214-1126-01 
214-1752-00 
401-0379-00 
2X12161-402 
401-0380-00 
376-0182-00 
105-0750-00 



83385 


OBD 


83693 


1028 


83385 


OBD 


80009 


337-2428-00 


78189 


OBD 


80009 


337-2429-00 


80009 


334-2363-00 


80009 


334-3299-00 


80009 


214-0579-00 


22526 


75060 


22526 


44642 


80009 


129-0455-00 


71279 


572-4822-01-0516 


22526 


47357 


80009 


131-0604-00 


73803 


C950802 


80009 


198-3548-00 


80009 


672-0652-00 



83385 OBD 



80009 
80009 



214-1061-00 
426-1245-01 



9-7 



Replaceable Mechanical Parts— SC 504 



Fig. & 

Index Tektronix 

No. Part No. 



Serial/Model No. 
Eff Dscont 



Qty 12 3 4 5 



Name & Description 



Mfr 
Code 



Mfr Part Number 



-207 211-0244-00 
-208 200-1441-00 



■209 


131-1248-00 


•210 


210-0406-00 


•211 


214-1704-01 


■212 


214-1127-00 


•213 


105-0752-00 


■214 


354-0219-00 


•215 


401-0155-00 


•216 


210-0406-00 


-217 


401-0156-00 


•218 




•219 




•220 


361-0384-00 


■221 


136-0514-00 


-222 


131-0604-00 


•223 


136-0548-00 


-224 


136-0269-02 


■225 


131-0907-00 


■226 


211-0008-00 


■227 


210-0406-00 


-228 


214-2593-00 


•229 


342-0324-00 


-230 




-231 


210-0583-00 


-232 


210-0046-00 


-233 


386-3263-00 


-234 


337-2139-00 


-235 


131-0608-00 


-236 


214-0579-00 


-237 


131-0566-00 


-238 


352-0086-00 


-239 


131-1857-00 


-240 


179-2546-00 


-241 


352-0162-00 




352-0162-02 




352-0162-04 




352-0162-07 




352-0162-09 


-242 


352-0163-08 


-243 


352-0169-01 




352-0169-07 


-244 


352-0176-00 


-245 


352-0177-00 




198-3547-00 


-246 


131-0707-00 


-247 


131-1538-00 


-248 


175-0826-00 


-249 


175-0828-00 



- . CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES: 

1 . ACTR ASSY, CAM S: (SEE S2375 EPL) 

(ATTACHING PARTS) 

4 . SCR,ASSEM WSHR:4-40 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL 

1 COVER, CAM SW.:7 ELEMENTS 

- CAM SW INCLUDES: 

1 . . CONTACT, ELEC: SHAFT GND 

2 . . NUT, PLAIN, HEX. :4-40 X 0.188 INCH,BRS 

1 . . SPRING, FLAT: CAM SW DETENT, 0.008 INCH THK 

1 . . ROLLER, DETENT:0. 125 DIA X 0.125 INCH L 

1 . . ACTUATOR, CAM SW: DISPLAY MODE 

(ATTACHING PARTS) 

1 . . RING, RETAINING: FOR 0.25 INCH SHAFT 

1 . . BEARING, CAM SW:FRONT 

2 . . NUT, PLAIN, HEX. : 4-40 X 0.188 INCH,BRS 
1 . . BEARING, CAM SW:REAR 

1 . CKT BOARD ASSY:F AND I (SEE A2 EPL) 

1 . . SWITCH,PUSH: (SEE S2285 EPL) 

2 . . SPACER,PB SW:0.133 INCH LONG 

2 . . SOCKET, PLUG IN:MICROCIRCUIT,8 CONTACT 

7 . . CONTACT, ELEC: CKT CD SW,SPR 

1 . . CONNECTOR, RCPT: SIDE ENTRY, 10 CONTACT 

1 . . SOCKET, PLUG-IN: 14 CONTACT, LOW CLEARANCE 

1 . . CONTACT, ELEC GROUNDING 

(ATTACHING PARTS) 

1 . . SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.25 INCH,PNH STL 

1 . . NUT, PLAIN, HEX.: 4-40 X 0.188 INCH,BRS 

2 . . HEAT SINK.XSTR: (6) TO-5 ALUMINUM 

3 . . INSULATOR, DISC: TO-5 TRANSISTOR 
1 . . RES.,VAR,NONWIR: (SEE R2110 EPL) 

(ATTACHING PARTS) 

1 . . NUT, PLAIN, HEX. :0. 25-32 X 0.312 INCH,BRS 

1 . . WASHER, LOCK:INTL, 0.26 ID X 0.40" OD,STL 

1 . . PL,VAR RES MTG: 

1 . . SHIELD, ELEC: INPUT COUPLING SWITCH 

25 . . CONTACT, ELEC:0. 365 L X 0.25 PH BRZ GOLD PL 

2 . . TERM. , TEST PT:0.40 INCH LONG 

2 . . LINK, TERM. CONNE: 0.086 DIA X 2.375 INCH L 

1 . . HOLDER, TOROID: 0.50 INCH DIA 

1 . . TERM SET,PIN:36/0.025 SQ PIN, ON 0.1 CTRS 

1 WIRING HARNESS,: CHASSIS 

1 . CONN BODY, PL, EL: 4 WIRE BLACK 

1 . CONN BODY,PL,EL:4 WIRE RED 

1 . CONN BODY, PL, EL: 4 WIRE YELLOW 

2 . CONN BODY, PL, EL: 4 WIRE VIOLET 
2 . CONN BODY,PL,EL:4 WIRE WHITE 
1 . CONN BODY, PL, EL: 5 WIRE GRAY 

1 . CONN BODY, PL, EL: 2 WIRE BROWN 

1 . CONN BODY, PL, EL: 2 WIRE PURPLE 

2 . CONN BODY, PL, EL: 4 WIRE,DBL ROW BLACK 
1 . CONN B0DY,PL,EL:6 WIRE,DBL ROW BLACK 
1 WIRE SET, ELEC: 

32 . CONNECTOR, TERM.: 0.48" L,22-26AWG WIRE 

4 . CONTACT, ELEC:CRIMP-ON, 22-26 AWG WIRE 
FT . WIRE, ELECTRICAL: 3 WIRE RIBBON 

FT . WIRE, ELECTRICAL: 5 WIRE RIBBON 



78189 OBD 



80009 200-1441-00 



80009 
73743 
80009 
80009 
80009 



131-1248-00 
2X12161-402 
214-1704-01 
214-1127-00 
105-0752-00 



79136 5103-25-MD-R 



80009 


401-0155-00 


73743 


2X12161-402 


80009 


401-0156-00 


80009 


361-0384-00 


73803 


C950802 


80009 


131-0604-00 


00779 


2-380949-0 


01295 


C951401 


80009 


131-0907-00 


83385 


OBD 


73743 


2X12161-402 


80009 


214-2593-00 


13103 


7717-5N-BLUE 


73743 


2X20224-402 


78189 


1214-05-00-0541C 


80009 


386-3263-00 


80009 


337-2139-00 


22526 


47357 


80009 


214-0579-00 


55210 


L-2007-1 


80009 


352-0086-00 


80009 


179-2546-00 


80009 


352-0162-00 


80009 


352-0162-02 


80009 


352-0162-04 


80009 


352-0162-07 


80009 


352-0162-09 


80009 


352-0163-08 


80009 


352-0169-01 


80009 


352-0169-07 


80009 


352-0176-00 


80009 


352-0177-00 


80009 


198-3547-00 


22526 


75691-005 


22526 


75369-002 


08261 


175-0826-00 


08261 


OBD 



9-8 



Replaceable Mechanical Parts— SC 504 



Fig. & 

Index Tektronix 
No. Part No. 



Serial/ Model No. 
Eff Dscont 



Qty 12 3 4 5 



Name & Description 



Mfr 
Code 



Mfr Part Number 



-250 

-251 
-252 
-253 



-254 
-255 



175-0863-00 
210-0774-00 
210-0775-00 
352-0161-03 
352-0161-04 
352-0161-05 
352-0161-09 
352-0163-05 
352-0169-00 
195-0189-00 



FT . WIRE, ELECTRICAL: 2 WIRE RIBBON 08261 OBD 

2 . EYELET, METALLIC: 0.152 OD X 0.245 INCH L,BRS 80009 210-0774-00 

2 . EYELET, METALLIC: 0.12 6 OD X 0.23 INCH L,BRS 80009 210-0775-00 

2 . CONN BODY, PL, EL: 3 WIRE ORANGE 80009 352-0161-03 

2 . CONN BODY, PL, EL: 3 WIRE YELLOW 80009 352-0161-04 

2 . CONN BODY, PL, EL: 3 WIRE GREEN 80009 352-0161-05 

1 . CONN BODY,PL,EL:3 WIRE WHITE 80009 352-0161-09 

1 . CONN BODY,PL,EL:5 WIRE GREEN 80009 352-0163-05 

1 . CONN BODY,PL,EL:2 WIRE BLACK 80009 352-0169-00 

1 LEAD , ELECTRICAL : DEFLECTION 80009 195-0189-00 



9-9 



ACCESSORIES 



Fig. & 

Index Tektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr 

No. Part No. Eff Dscont Qty 12 3 4 5 Name & Description Code Mfr Part Number 

070-2296-00 1 MANUAL, TECH: INSTRUCTION 80009 070-2296-00 



SC504 



y% 




SC504 



MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION 

At Tektronix, we continually strive to keep up with latest electronic developments 
by adding circuit and component improvements to our instruments as soon as they 
are developed and tested. 

Sometimes, due to printing and shipping requirements, we can't get these 
changes immediately into printed manuals. Hence, your manual may contain new 
change information on following pages. 

A single change may affect several sections. Since the change information sheets 
are carried in the manual until all changes are permanently entered, some 
duplication may occur. If no such change pages appear following this page, your 
manual is correct as printed. 



SERVICE NOTE 

Because of the universal parts procurement problem, some electrical parts in your 
instrument may be different from those described in the Replaceable Electrical Parts 
List. The parts used will in no way alter or compromise the performance or reliability 
of this instrument. They are installed when necessary to ensure prompt delivery to 
the customer. Order replacement parts from the Replaceable Electrical Parts List. 



CALIBRATION TEST EQUIPMENT REPLACEMENT 

Calibration Test Equipment Chart 

This chart compares TM 500 product performance to that of older Tektronix equipment. Only those 
characteristics where significant specification differences occur, are listed. In some cases the new instrument 
may not be a total functional replacement. Additional support instrumentation may be needed or a change in 
calibration procedure may be necessary. 



Comparison of Main Characteristics 



DM 501 replaces 7D13 






PG 501 replaces 107 
108 


PG 501 - Risetime less than 
3.5 ns into 50 O. 

PG 501 - 5 V output pulse; 
3.5 ns Risetime 


107 - Risetime less than 

3.0 ns into 50 O. 

108 - 10 V output pulse 

1 ns Risetime 


PG 502 replaces 107 

108 
111 


PG 502 - 5 V output 

PG 502 - Risetime less than 
1 ns; 10 ns 
Pretrigger pulse 
delay 


108 - 10 V output 

111 - Risetime 0.5 ns; 30 

to 250 ns 

Pretrigger pulse 

delay 


PG 508 replaces 114 

115 
2101 


Performance of replacement equipment is the same or 
better than equipment being replaced. 


PG 506 replaces 106 
067-0502-01 


PG 506 - Positive-going 

trigger output sig- 
nal at least 1 V; 
High Amplitude out- 
put, 60 V. 

PG 506 - Does not have 

chopped feature. 


106 - Positive and Negative- 
going trigger output 
signal, 50 ns and 1 V; 
High Amplitude output, 
100 V. 

0502-01 - Comparator output 
can be alternately 
chopped to a refer- 
ence voltage. 


SG 503 replaces 190, 
190A, 190B 

191 
067-0532-01 


SG 503 - Amplitude range 
5 mV to 5.5 V p-p. 

SG 503 - Frequency range 

250 kHz to 250 MHz. 


190B - Amplitude range 40 mV 
to 10 V p-p. 

0532-01 - Frequency range 

65 MHz to 500 MHz. 


SG 504 replaces 
067-0532-01 


SG 504 - Frequency range 

245 MHz to 1050 MHz. 


0532-01 - Frequency range 

65 MHz to 500 MHz. 


067-0650-00 






TG 501 replaces 180, 
180A 

181 
184 

2901 


TG 501 - Trigger output- 
slaved to marker 
output from 5 sec 
through 100 ns. One 
time-mark can be 
generated at a time. 

TG 501 - Trigger output- 
slaved to market 
output from 5 sec 
through 100 ns. One 
time-mark can be 
generated at a time. 

TG 501 - Trigger output- 
slaved to marker 
output from 5 sec 
through 100 ns. 
One time-mark can 
be generated at 
a time. 


180A - Trigger pulses 1,10, 
100 Hz; 1, 10, and 
100 kHz. Multiple 
time-marks can be 
generated simultan- 
eously. 
181 -Multiple time-marks 
184 - Separate trigger 
pulses of 1 and 0.1 
sec; 10, 1, and 0.1 
ms; 10 and 1 fis. 

2901 - Separate trigger 
pulses, from 5 sec 

to 0.1 vs. Multiple 
time-marks can be 
generated simultan- 
eously. 



NOTE: All TM 500 generator outputs are short-proof. All TM 500 plug-in instruments require TM 500-Series Power Module. 

REV B. JUN 1978 




w 



TEKTRONIX® 



committed to 

technical excellence 



MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION 



PRODUCT. 



SC 504 



070-2296-00 



CHANGE REFERENCE 

4-21-78 



Cl/478 



DATE 



CHANGE: 



DESCRIPTION 



EFF ALL SN 

TEXT CORRECTIONS 
Page 1-2 
CHANGE item 13. SECONDS/DIV to read: 

This switch selects the sweep rate. The CAL control must be turned fully 
clockwise for calibrated sweep rates. 

Page 1-4 

CHANGE item 21. VOLTS/DIV to read: 

This switch selects the vertical deflection factor in a 1-2-5 sequence 
(variable control must be rotated fully clockwise for the indicated deflection 
factor). When using a IX probe or no probe, read the deflection factor through 
the knob skirt window labeled IX; however, when a 10X probe is used on the input, 
read the knob skirt window labeled 10X. 

Page 1-7 

CHANGE the first sentence under Trigger Coupling to read: 

Four methods of coupling the trigger signal to the trigger circuits can be 
selected with the TRIGGERING CPLG switches. 

ADD the following trigger coupling information following the High-Frequency 
Reject information. 

DC Coupling (all buttons out). The dc coupling method accepts all trigger 
signals between dc and 80 MHz. 



PAGE 



OF 



PRODUCT 



SC 504 



CHANGE REFERENCE Cl/478 



DATE. 



4-21-78 



CHANGE: 



DESCRIPTION 



Page 2-2 & 2-3 Table 2-1 

CHANGE all of Step Response (aberrations) as shown below: 



Characteristics 



Performance Requirements 



Supplemental Information 



Step Response (aberra- 
tions) 

Measured with a 5- 
division step verti- 
cally positioned 
within the center 6 
divisions, and the 
input terminated in 
50 fi. 

First 100 ns 

5 mV/div to .2V/div 



< ±5% 



After 100 ns 

5 mV/div to 2 V/div 



< ±2% 



5 V/div to 10 V/div 



< ±3% 



Position Effect 



< ±3% change in aberrations 
as a 5-division step is 
vertically positioned over 
the graticule area. 



Page 2-4 



Table 2-2 



CHANGE: Trigger sensitivity DC coupling in the Supplemental Information column 
as shown below: 



Supplemental Information 


Source 


Minimum 
Signal Required 




dc to 
30 MHz. 


30 MHz to 
80 MHz. 


Interface 


35 mV 


80 mV 



PAGE 



OF 



PRODUCT 



SC504 CHANGE REFERENCE__^^___ DATE^ilZl 



CHANGE: 



DESCRIPTION 



Page 2-5 Table 2-3 

CHANGE Sweep Generator Linearity as shown below: 



Characteristics 


Performance Requirements 


Supplemental Information 


Linearity 

* 




< ±5% (0.1 div) change in timing 
over any 2-division interval 
within the center 8 divisions. 



Page 2-7 Table 2-6 

ADD the following to the Supplemental Information column for Input Signals: 
Noise may exceed 2 mV peak-to-peak. Bandwidth is greater than 50 MHz; 
however, it is recommended that signals be limited to 20 MHz or less (20 
ns risetime or greater) to prevent possible crosstalk with other signal lines. 

Page 2-8 Table 2-6 

CHANGE Output Signals in the Supplemental Information column to read as follows: 

At least 50 mV/div. Bandwidth is typically 20 MHz. Ouput resistance is less 

than 50 fi. 

Page 2-9 

CHANGE the first sentence of first paragraph to read: 

This procedure checks the electrical characteristics of the SC 504 that 

appear 

CHANGE the first sentence of second paragraph to read: 

The electrical characteristics in Section 2 are valid only if the SC 504 

is calibrated 

CHANGE the Tektronix part no. of the Dual Input Coupler to 067-0525-01 in 
the LIST OF TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS. 

Page 2-11 Step 5. (Check the Common Mode Rejection Ratio) 
CHANGE part c to read: 

CHECK - that the crt displays less than 0.1 major division of deflection. 
CHANGE the last part of Step 5 from d. to f. 
ADD the following parts between part c. and part f . 

d. Set the sine-wave generator frequency to 10 MHz. 

e. CHECK - the display for less than 0.5 major division of deflection. 

Page 2-13 (Sweep rate accuracy table) 

DELETE all of the linearity information along the bottom of the table. 

PAGE 3 OF 8 



PRODUCT 



SC 5Q4 _ CHANGE RFFFRFNHF Cl/478 DATE 4-21-78 



CHANGE: 



DESCRIPTION 



Page 3-2 

CHANGE the Tektronix part no. of the 10X attenuator to 011-0059-02 in the 
LIST OF TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS. 

REMOVE from the control settings list of Step 3a, the reference to TRIG VIEW - 
Midrange. At the bottom of the list, change CH 1 to CH 2. 

Page 3-4 

REPLACE the procedure of Step 9 (Adjust Low Frequency Compensation) with the 
following procedure: 

a. Set the DISPLAY switch to CHOP. 

b. Set the CH 1 input coupling switch to GND, then position the display to 
mid-screen. 

c. Set the TRIGGERING SOURCE switch to CH 2. 

d. Set the CH 2 VOLTS/DIV switch to 10 m and set input coupling to DC. 

e. Connect a fast rise (positive going) signal from the PG 506 Calibration 
Generator, through a 2X attenuator and a 50 n termination network, to the 

CH 2 input connector. 

f . Set the calibration generator for a period of 100 Hz. 

g. Set the SECONDS/DIV switch to 1 m. 

h. Adjust the generator for a pulse amplitude of 8 major graticule divisions, 
i. Rotate the TRIGGERING LEVEL control to obtain a stable display. 
j. ADJUST— R2311, Lf Comp, located on the F & I Board, to obtain the 
minimum CH 1 display amplitude. 

k. Disconnect the calibration generator and all cables. 

Page 4-2 

CHANGE the drawing cut line to: Fig. 4-2. Channel switching gates. 

Page 4-3 

CHANGE the drawing cutline to: Fig. 4-1. Signal attenuation. 

Page 5-7 

CHANGE the information under Sweep A Gate Out to read: 

This positive-going gating signal is applied to connector 26A (ground 
reference at contact 25A). The active level is approximately +5 volts 
during the sweep and approximately zero volts otherwise. Source impedance 
is 1 kfl. 



PAGE 4 OF 



PRODUCT 


3C 504 




CHAW^F RFFFRFN^F Cl/478 


nATF 4-21-78 


CHANGE: 


DESCRIPTION 




REPLACEABLE ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST CORRECTIONS 




Page 7-3 








REMOVE all information 


associated with circuit numbers C116 


through C241 


(11 consecutive lines). 






ADD: 








A8 


670-5116-00 


CKT BOARD ASSY : VERTICAL SWITCH 




CI 34 2 


281-0773-00 


CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 




Page 7-4 








CHANGE TO 


: 






C1374 


283-0341-00 


CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.047UF,10%,100V 




ADD: 








C1446 


281-0773-00 


CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 




C1448 


281-0773-00 


CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 




C1548 


281-0773-00 


CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 




Page 7-5 








REMOVE : 








C3182 


281-0759-00 


CAP.,FXD,CER DI:22PF,10%,100V 




ADD: 








C3324 


281-0618-00 


CAP.,FXD,CER DI:4.7 PF,500V 




C3325 


281-0618-00 


CAP.,FXD,CER DI:4.7 PF,500V 




Page 7-8 








CHANGE: Ckt No. HVN1590 


to U1590 




Page 7-9 








CHANGE TO 


: 






Q2220^l 
Q2320J 


153-0609-00 


SEMICOND DVC SE:SILICON,PNP .MATCHED 


PAIR 


02230 s ! 
Q2330J 


153-0609-00 


SEMICOND DVC SE:SILICON,PNP .MATCHED 


PAIR 


REMOVE: footnote 1. 






Page 7-10 








CHANGE TO 


: 






Q3520^ 
Q3524J 


151-1042-00 


SEMICOND DVC SE: MATCHED PAIR FET 








PAGE 5 OF 8 





PRODUCT 



SC 504 



CHANGE REFERENCE. 



C/478 



DATE. 



4-21-78 



CHANGE: 



DESCRIPTION 



Page 7-11 

REMOVE all information associated with circuit numbers R210 through R243 

(15 consecutive lines). 

ADD: 

A footnote indicator to R1152^ ' 

A footnote at bottom of page - Furnished as a unit with S1160. 
CHANGE TO: 

R1167 311-1237-00 RES . ,VAR,N0NWIR:1K OHM,10%,0.5W 

Page 7-12 
CHANGE TO: 

R1370 315-0911-00 RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:910 OHM,5%,0.25W 

Page 7-16 
CHANGE TO: 

R3178 315-0510-00 RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:51 OHM,5%,0.25W 
REMOVE : 

R3180 315-0101-00 RES . ,FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM,5%,0.25W 

Page 7-17 

CHANGE TO: 

R3322^ 



R3324 



1/ 



321-0071-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:53.6 OHM,1%,0.125W 



ADD: 



R3374 321-0260-00 RES. ,FXD,FILM:4. 99K OHM,1%,0.125W 

Page 7-18 
CHANGE TO: 

R4112 321-0271-00 RES. ,FXD,FILM:6.49 OHM,1%,0.125W 



R4135"! 

R4136J 



321-0159-00 RES., FXD, FILM: 44 2 OHM,1%,0.125W 



Page 7-19 

CHANGE TO: 

R4227 315-0301-00 RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:300 OHM,5%,0.25W 

R4342 321-0273-00 RES ., FXD, FILM: 81 OHM,1%,0.125W 

From S1130^ To S1130 

S1160 1 S1160 1 



PAGE 6 OF 8 



PRODUCT 



SC 504 



CHANGE REFERENCE. 



Cl/478 



oatf 4-21-78 



CHANGE: 



DESCRIPTION 



To 


S3512 


To 


S3513 


To 


S3514 



Page 7-19 

CHANGE TO: 

From S3512A 
From S3512B 
From S3512C 

ADD: 

Footnote at bottom of page - Furnished as a unit with R1152. 

SCHEMATIC CHANGES 
DIAGRAM 1 CHANNEL 1 PREAMPLIFIER 
CHANGE: R3178 to 51 ohm 
REMOVE: C3182, 22 (PF) and symbol 
REMOVE: R3180, 100 (OHM) and symbol 
REMOVE: J3188 - P3188 to CH 2 DIAG 2 and symbols 
ADD: C1446, 0.01 (UF) between left end of R1446 and ground. 
ADD: C1548, 0.01 (UF) between pin 5 of HY1530 and ground. 
DIAGRAM 2 CHANNEL 2 PREAMPLIFIER AND CHANNEL SWITCHING 
REMOVE: J3290 - P3290 FROM CH 1 DIAG 1 and symbols. 
ADD: C1342, 0.01 (UF) between left end of R1344 and ground. 
ADD: C1448, 0.01 (UF) between pin 5 of HY1430 and ground. 

DIAGRAM 3 VERTICAL AMPLIFIER 

ADD: Another asterisk(*) to circuit numbers Q2230 and Q2330. 

ADD : The following under NOTES : ** MATCHED PAIR 

CHANGE: Q2131 symbol to a PNP transistor symbol 



DIAGRAM 4 TRIGGERING 

CHANGE these circuit numbers: J500 to J3200, R510 to R3210, C510 to C3210, 

C512 to C3212, R512 to R3212. 

CHANGE: R3322 to 53.6 ohm 

CHANGE: C3324 to 4.7 PF 

CHANGE: R3324 to 53.6 ohm 

ADD: C3325, 4.7 (PF) between base of Q3224 and ground. 



PAGE 



OF 8 



PRODUCT SC 504 



CHANGE REFERENCE Cl/478_ 



DATF 4-21-78 



CHANGE: 



DESCRIPTION 



DIAGRAM 5 SWEEP GATING 



CHANGE: REMOTE RESET to REMOTE RESET (located near coordinate A2) 

CHANGE: Circuit number R3275 to R3375 

DIAGRAM 7 HORIZONTAL PREAMPLIFIER & OUTPUT AMPLIFIER BOARD 

CHANGE: R1167 to IK 

CHANGE: R4227 to 300 ohm 

CHANGE: R4342 to 6.81 ohm 

CHANGE: R4135 to 442 ohm 

CHANGE: R4112 to 6.49 ohm 

CHANGE: R4136 to 442 ohm 

DIAGRAM 8 CALIBRATOR, CRT, HIGH VOLTAGE AND Z AXIS 

CHANGE: R1370 to 910 ohm 

CHANGE: C1374 to 0.047 UF 

CHANGE: L1270 to 820 UH 

CHANGE: Circuit number L1292 to C1292 



PAGE 8 OF 8 




Mi 



TEKTRONIX® 



committed to 

technical excellence 



CHANGE: 



MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION 



PRODUCT . 



SC 504 



070-2296-00 



CHANGE REFERENCE r.?/47S 



DATE 



4-27-78 



DESCRIPTION 



EFF ALL SN 

REPLACEABLE ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST CORRECTIONS 

Page 7-6 

Remove all information associated with circuit numbers C4130 and C4146. 

ADD: 

C4234 281-0773-00 CAP. ,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 



Page 7-9 
CHANGE TO: 
Q1280 

Page 7-14 
CHANGE TO: 
R2310 

Page 7-15 
CHANGE TO: 

R2313 

R2411 



151-0301-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 



311-1225-00 RES.,VAR,N0NWIR:1K OHM,20%,0.50W 



315-0681-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:680 OHM,5%,0.25W 
315-0511-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:510 OHM,5%,0.25W 



SCHEMATIC CHANGES 
DIAGRAM 3 VERTICAL AMPLIFIER 
CHANGE: R2313 to 680 ohm 
CHANGE: R2411 to 510 ohm 
CHANGE: R2310 to IK ohm 

DIAGRAM 7 HORIZONTAL PREAMPLIFIER & OUTPUT AMPLIFIER BOARD 

REMOVE: C4130, .01 (UF) and symbol 

REMOVE: C4146, .01 (UF) and symbol 

ADD: C4234, 0.01 (UF) between base of Q4230 and ground. 

DIAGRAM 8 CALIBRATOR, CRT, HIGH VOLTAGE, AND Z AXIS 

REMOVE: J3490, P3490 and symbols (located near coordinate A6) 

ADD: Continuity of +33.5 V lines from PARTIAL A3 TRIGGER BOARD to P1290 

(located near coordinate A6) . 



PAGE 



1 OF 1 




mi 



TEKTRONIX® 



committed (o 

technical excellence 



CHANGE: 



MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION 



PRODUCT SC 504 



070-2296-00 



CHANGE REFERENCE C3/1178 
DATF 11-14-78 



DESCRIPTION 



Pilot Changes #12 & #15 

TEXT CORRECTIONS 
Page 2-3 (Manual) and Page 2 of Cl/478 insert 
TABLE 2-1 

CHANGE the Supplemental Information column of Position effect to read: 
Characteristics Supplemental Informat ion 

Position effect Typically 5% or less change in aberrations 

as a 5 division step is vertically posit- 
ioned over the graticule area. 

Page 2-4 TABLE 2-2 

CHANGE the Supplemental Information column of Input R and C to read: 

Characteristics Supplemental Information 



Input R and C 1 Mft ±10% paralleled by approximately 24 pF 

when selected. 750K£2 ±10% paralleled by 
approximately 28 pF when not selected. 

page 2-5 TABLE 2-3 

CHANGE the Supplemental Information column of. Trigger holdoff to read: 
Characteristics Supplement al Information 

Trigger holdoff The SECONDS/DIV CAL (variable) control 

(selected by an internal switch) increases 
trigger holdoff time by a factor of 
approximately 20. 

Page 2-10 

ADD to the Preliminary Control Settings: 



Step 1, control settings 
CHANGE to read: 

CH 1 V0LTS/DIV 10 m 

CH 2 VOLTS/DIV 10 m 

TRIGGERING SOURCE LINE 

SECONDS/DIV 1 m 

Step 1, part a. 
ADD: , to the CH 1 bnc connector. 

PAGE 1 OF 



PRODUCT 



SC 504 



CHANGE REFERENCE. 



C3/1178 



DATE. 



11-14-78 



CHANGE: 



DESCRIPTION 



Page 2-10 

Step 1, part c. 

CHANGE to read: 

c. Set the generator frequency to 10 MHz, 

Page 2-11 

Step 3, part d, item 8 



CHANGE to read: 
VOLTS/DIV 



Generator 

Setting 



Display 



1 



Pilot Change #12 



5 V 



5 div 



EFF SN B010100 

ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST ONLY 



CHANGE TO: 
R3226 
R3228 



Tolerance 



2.0% 



315-0101-00 RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM,5%,0.25W 
315-0271-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:271 OHM,5%,0.25W 



Pilot Change #15 EFF SN B010230 

ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST AND SCHEMATIC CHANGES 



CHANGE TO: 
R1327 
R1355 
R1554 



315-0122-00 RES . , FXD , CMPSN : 1 . 2K OHM , 5% , . 25W 
315-0122-00 RES., FXD, CMPSN :1.2K OHM,5%,0.25W 
315-0432-00 RES., FXD, CMPSN: 4. 3K OHM,5%,0.25W 



The above components are located on the MAIN circuit board assembly. 
R1327 and R1355 are shown on diagram 2 CH 2 PREAMP & CHANNEL SWITCHING. 
R1554 is shown on diagram 1 CHANNEL 1 PREAMPLIFIER. 



PAGE 2 OF 2 



Tektronix 



Product: 



COMMTTTED TO EXCELLENCE 



SC 504 



MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION 

Change Reference: C4/479 Date: 4-5-79 

070-2296-00 



CHANGE 



DESCRIPTION 



ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST CORRECTIONS 



Page 7- 


-4 








REMOVE 










C2125 




281- 


-0773- 


-00 


ADD . 

C2132 




281- 


-0773- 


-00 


Page 7- 


-5 








REMOVE 










C3322 




281- 


-0601- 


-00 


Page 7- 


-8 








REMOVE 










J3188 




131- 


-1003- 


-00 


J3290 




131- 


-1003- 


-00 


ADD . 

K3385 




148- 


-0064- 


-00 


K3386 




148- 


-0064- 


-00 


Page 7- 


-16 








CHANGE 


TO 








R3250 




315- 


-0104- 


-00 


Page 7- 


-18 








CHANGE 


TO 








R3388 




315- 


-0241- 


-00 


R3494 




315- 


-0241- 


-00 



CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 



CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 



CAP.,FXD,CER DI:7.5PF,500V 



CONNECTOR B0DY,:CKT CD MT,3 PRONG 
CONNECTOR BODY, :CKT CD MT , 3 PRONG 

RELAY REED:SPST,NO,5V 
RELAY REED:SPST,NO,5V 



RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.25W 



RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:240 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:240 OHM,5%,0.25W 



Paae 







050-1601-01 

M44232. M44233 
M51320 



V800R OR VI 000 REPLACEMENT 

For the following TEKTRONIX® Oscilloscopes: 

SC502 Serial Numbers 8010100 - B040670 
SC504 Serial Numbers B010100 - BXXXXXX 



Cathode ray tube, pn 1 54 -0c 59-01. replaces cathode ray 
tubes, pn 154-0730-05 and pn 154-0859-00. which are no 
longer available. Use of the new crt requires several circuit 
changes. 



NOTE 

If the instrument serial number is greater than those listed 
above, or this kit has already been installed, disregard these 
instructions and use pn 154-0859-01 as" a direct 
replacement. 



The ending serial number was not available at this printing. 



Copyright © 1984 

Tektronix, inc. 

All Rights Reserved 



21-JUN-1984 
Supersedes: 4-NOV-1983 



page 1 



TEKTRONIX, SCOPE-MOBILE and 



are registered trademarks of Tektronix, Inc. 



SONY / TEKTRONIX is a registered trademark of Sony / Tektronix, Inc. 



I 



KIT PARTS LIST: 



Ckt. Number Quantity Part Number 



W890 or W1395 1 EA 

V800 or VI 000 1 EA 

1 EA 



131-0556-00 
154-0859-01 



Description 

BUS. CONDUCTOR. DUMMY RESISTOR 
ELECTRON TUBE. CRT. P31 
LABEL, 050-1601-XX 




Fig. 1 Partial - F & i circuit board 



050- 1601-01 



page I 



PART 1 - SC502 ONLY 



INSTRUCTIONS: 



WARNING 



To avoid electric shock hazard, disconnect 
the instrument from all other electrical 
equipment and the power source before 
proceeding. 

The following instructions are for use by 
qualified service personnel only. To avoid 
personal injury, do not perform any of the 
following procedure unless you are qualified to 
do so. 



1 . Refer to the Maintenance section of your SC502 Instruction Manual 
and perform the steps necessary to remove the crt. 

2. Remove the Geometry adjust potentiometer, R897 (see Fig. 1). 

3. Replace C890. a O.OljtF capacitor, with the dummy resistor. W890. 
from the kit. 

4. If your insrument has a red-violet wire soldered to the board at the 
location labeled +70V in Fig. 1, remove the wire from the board, and 
remove it from the pin in the crt socket to which it connects. 

5. Refer to the Maintenance section of your SC502 Instruction Manual 
and perform the steps necessary to replace the crt. 

6. Refer to the Calibration procedure in your instruction Manual and 
recalibrate as neccessary. 

7. For future reference, fasten the manual Modification Insert into your 
Instruction Manual. 

8. Remove the protective backing from the 050- 1601 -XX label and affix it 
to a clean area of the top frame section near the serial number 
tag. 



050-1601-01 page 3 




J1570 



CI395 



+70V 



Rlj.65 



R{§70 



^ 



C1575 
TP 1575 



Rt580 



R15S5 



RJJ95 



RI580 



Fig. 2 Partial - Main circuit board 



050-1601-01 



page U 



( ) 

( ) 
( ) 
( ) 



PART 2 - SC504 ONLY 
INSTRUCTIONS: 



j WARNING 



To avoid electric shock hazard, disconnect 
the instrument from all other electrical 
equipment and the power source before 
proceeding. 

The following instructions are for use by 
qualified service personnel oniy. To avoid 
personal injury, do not perform any of the 
following procedure unless you are qualified to 
do so. 



1. Refer to the Maintenance and Interfacing Information section of your 
SC504 Instruction Manual and perform the steps necessary to remove 
the crt. 

2. Remove the HV cover at the bottom rear of the instrument. 

3. Remove the Geometry adjust potentiometer. R1580 (refer to Fig. 2). 

4. Replace C1395. a 0.01/iF capacitor, with the dummy resistor. 
W1395. from the kit. 



( ) 5. If your insrument has a red-violet wire soldered to the board at the 

location labeled +70V in Fig. 2. remove the wire from the board, and 
remove it from the pin in the crt socket to which it connects. 

( ) 6. Refer to the Maintenance and Interfacing section of your SC504 

Instruction Manual and perform the steps necessary to replace the 
crt. 

( ) 7. Refer to the Calibration procedure in your instruction Manual and 

recalibrate as neccessary. 

( ) 8. For future reference, fasten the manual Modification Insert into your 

Instruction Manual. 

( ) 9. Remove the protective backing from the 050-1601-XX label and affix it 

to a clean area of the top frame section near the serial number 
tag. 



CM: cm 



050-1601-01 Pag e 5 



Product Modification Kit 
suggestion/correction form 



DATE 

KIT NUMBER STEP/PAGE 



FIGURE NUMBER . PUBLICATION DATE 

DISCREPANCY 



SUGGESTED CORRECT!ON/COMMENTS_ 



SUGGESTED BY: NAME/ORGANIZATION 



(PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT LEGIBLY) 
REPLY REQUESTED 

RETURN TO LOCAL FIELD OFFICE/SERVICE CENTER 



FIELD OFFICE/SERVICE CENTER/DEL. STA. 



SERVICE CENTER: RETURN TO FIELD MODS 73-860 



REPLY 



WiLL MAKE CHANGE IMMEDIATELY 

WILL MAKE CHANGE AT NEXT PRINTING 

OTHER 



SIGNED DATE__ 



\ 



TEKTRONIX 

MANUAL MODIFICATION INSERT 



V800R OR VI 000 REPLACEMENT 

for 

SC502 Seriai Numbers B010100 - B040670 
SC504 Serial Numbers B010100 - BXXXXXX 



Installed in SN Date 



This modification insert is provided to supplement the manual 
for the above listed product(s). The information given in 
this insert supersedes that given in the manual. 

Copyright © 1984 by Tektronix. Inc. . Beaverton. Oregon. 
Printed in the United States of America. All rights 
reserved. Contents of this insert may not be reproduced in 
any form without the permission of the copyright owner. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 



The Parts Replacement Kit. 050- 1601 -XX, provided parts and 
instructions to replace the crt in SC502 or SC504 
oscilloscopes. The new crt. pn 154-0859-01, replaced 
crt's, pn 154-0730-05 and 154-0859-00, which are no 
longer available. The use of the new crt required a number 
of circuit changes. 



1 



The ending serial number was not available at this printing. 



050-1601-01 page 1 



REPLACEABLE ELECTRICAL PARTS 



CKT. 


NO. 


PART NUMBER 


A2 




670-3760-04 


C890 




DELETE 


R897 




DELETE 


V800 




154-0859-01 


W890 




131-0566-00 



SC502 OSCILLOSCOPE 
DESCRIPTION 
CKT BD ASSY: FOCUS AND INTENSITY 



ELECTRON TUBE: CRT. P31. INTERNAL SCALE 
BUS CONDUCTOR. DUMMY RESISTOR 



CKT. NO. 


PART NUMBER 


A2 


670-5110-02 


C1395 


DELETE 


R1580 


DELETE 


V1000 


154-0859-01 


W1395 


131-0566-00 



SC504 OSCILLOSCOPE 
DESCRIPTION 
CKT BD ASSY: FOCUS AND INTENSITY 



ELECTRON TUBE: CRT. P31, INTERNAL SCALE 
BUS CONDUCTOR. DUMMY RESISTOR 



050-1601-01 



page 2